xref: /freebsd-13-stable/sys/contrib/openzfs/module/zfs/spa.c (revision b9c2c366db1beb2ed276947056f45938ad8f57ec)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29  * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30  * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31  * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32  * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33  * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34  * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
35  * Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
36  * Copyright (c) 2023 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP.
37  */
38 
39 /*
40  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
41  *
42  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
43  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
44  * pool.
45  */
46 
47 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
48 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
49 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/zio.h>
51 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu.h>
53 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
54 #include <sys/zap.h>
55 #include <sys/zil.h>
56 #include <sys/ddt.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
64 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
65 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
66 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
67 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
68 #include <sys/mmp.h>
69 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
70 #include <sys/txg.h>
71 #include <sys/avl.h>
72 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
73 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
74 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
75 #include <sys/unique.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
79 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
81 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
82 #include <sys/arc.h>
83 #include <sys/callb.h>
84 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
85 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
86 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
87 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
88 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
89 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
90 #include <sys/zvol.h>
91 
92 #ifdef	_KERNEL
93 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
94 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
95 #include <sys/callb.h>
96 #include <sys/zone.h>
97 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
98 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
99 
100 #include "zfs_prop.h"
101 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
102 
103 /*
104  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
105  * should be retried.
106  */
107 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
108 
109 typedef enum zti_modes {
110 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
111 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
112 	ZTI_MODE_SCALE,			/* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
113 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
114 	ZTI_NMODES
115 } zti_modes_t;
116 
117 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
118 #define	ZTI_PCT(n)	{ ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
119 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
120 #define	ZTI_SCALE	{ ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
121 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
122 
123 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
124 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
125 
126 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
127 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
128 	uint_t zti_value;
129 	uint_t zti_count;
130 } zio_taskq_info_t;
131 
132 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
133 	"iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
134 };
135 
136 /*
137  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
138  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
139  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
140  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
141  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
142  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
143  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
144  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
145  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
146  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
147  * particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE is similar to ZTI_BATCH,
148  * but with number of taskqs also scaling with number of CPUs.
149  *
150  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
151  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
152  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153  */
154 static zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
155 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
156 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
157 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_SCALE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
158 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_SCALE,	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
159 	{ ZTI_SCALE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
160 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
161 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
162 	{ ZTI_N(4),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* TRIM */
163 };
164 
165 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
166 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
167 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
168 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport);
169 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
170 
171 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 80;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
172 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_tpq;		/* threads per taskq */
173 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
174 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
175 
176 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
177 
178 /*
179  * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
180  * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
181  */
182 boolean_t	spa_load_verify_dryrun = B_FALSE;
183 
184 /*
185  * Allow read spacemaps in case of readonly import (spa_mode == SPA_MODE_READ).
186  * This is used by zdb for spacemaps verification.
187  */
188 boolean_t	spa_mode_readable_spacemaps = B_FALSE;
189 
190 /*
191  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
192  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
193  */
194 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
195 
196 /*
197  * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
198  */
199 int		spa_load_print_vdev_tree = B_FALSE;
200 
201 /*
202  * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
203  * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
204  * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
205  * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
206  * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
207  *
208  * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
209  * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
210  * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
211  * addition of that device should be completely intact.
212  *
213  * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
214  * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
215  * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
216  *
217  * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
218  * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
219  * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
220  * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
221  */
222 unsigned long	zfs_max_missing_tvds = 0;
223 
224 /*
225  * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
226  * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
227  * might be incomplete or out-dated.
228  *
229  * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
230  * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
231  * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
232  * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
233  * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
234  * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
235  */
236 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile = SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1;
237 
238 /*
239  * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
240  * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
241  * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
242  */
243 uint64_t	zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan = 0;
244 
245 /*
246  * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
247  */
248 boolean_t	zfs_pause_spa_sync = B_FALSE;
249 
250 /*
251  * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
252  * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
253  */
254 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause = 0;
255 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause = 0;
256 
257 /*
258  * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
259  * triggered in testing.
260  */
261 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel = 0;
262 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel = 0;
263 
264 /*
265  * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
266  * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
267  * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
268  */
269 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc = 0;
270 
271 /*
272  * ==========================================================================
273  * SPA properties routines
274  * ==========================================================================
275  */
276 
277 /*
278  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
279  */
280 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)281 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
282     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
283 {
284 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
285 	nvlist_t *propval;
286 
287 	propval = fnvlist_alloc();
288 	fnvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src);
289 
290 	if (strval != NULL)
291 		fnvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval);
292 	else
293 		fnvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval);
294 
295 	fnvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval);
296 	nvlist_free(propval);
297 }
298 
299 /*
300  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
301  */
302 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)303 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
304 {
305 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
306 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
307 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
308 	const zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
309 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
310 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
311 
312 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
313 
314 	if (rvd != NULL) {
315 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc);
316 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa));
317 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa));
318 		alloc += metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
319 
320 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(mc);
321 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
322 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
323 		size += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
324 
325 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
326 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
327 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
328 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
329 		    size - alloc, src);
330 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT, NULL,
331 		    spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_dspace, src);
332 
333 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
334 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
335 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
336 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
337 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
338 		    (spa_mode(spa) == SPA_MODE_READ), src);
339 
340 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
341 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
342 
343 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
344 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
345 
346 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
347 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
348 
349 		version = spa_version(spa);
350 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION)) {
351 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL,
352 			    version, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT);
353 		} else {
354 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL,
355 			    version, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
356 		}
357 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID,
358 		    NULL, spa_load_guid(spa), src);
359 	}
360 
361 	if (pool != NULL) {
362 		/*
363 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
364 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
365 		 */
366 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
367 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
368 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
369 			    src);
370 		} else {
371 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
372 			    NULL, 0, src);
373 		}
374 
375 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
376 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
377 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
378 			    src);
379 		} else {
380 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
381 			    NULL, 0, src);
382 		}
383 	}
384 
385 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
386 
387 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
388 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
389 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
390 	}
391 
392 	if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL) {
393 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY,
394 		    spa->spa_compatibility, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
395 	}
396 
397 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
398 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
399 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
400 
401 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
402 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
403 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
404 	} else {
405 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
406 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
407 	}
408 
409 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE)) {
410 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
411 		    DNODE_MAX_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
412 	} else {
413 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE, NULL,
414 		    DNODE_MIN_SIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
415 	}
416 
417 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
418 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
419 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
420 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
421 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
422 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
423 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
424 		}
425 	}
426 }
427 
428 /*
429  * Get zpool property values.
430  */
431 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)432 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
433 {
434 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
435 	zap_cursor_t zc;
436 	zap_attribute_t za;
437 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
438 	int err;
439 
440 	err = nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
441 	if (err)
442 		return (err);
443 
444 	dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
445 	dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
446 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
447 
448 	/*
449 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
450 	 */
451 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
452 
453 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
454 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0)
455 		goto out;
456 
457 	/*
458 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
459 	 */
460 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
461 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
462 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
463 		uint64_t intval = 0;
464 		char *strval = NULL;
465 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
466 		zpool_prop_t prop;
467 
468 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL)
469 			continue;
470 
471 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
472 		case 8:
473 			/* integer property */
474 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
475 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
476 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
477 
478 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
479 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
480 
481 				err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
482 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds);
483 				if (err != 0)
484 					break;
485 
486 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
487 				    KM_SLEEP);
488 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
489 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
490 			} else {
491 				strval = NULL;
492 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
493 			}
494 
495 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
496 
497 			if (strval != NULL)
498 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
499 
500 			break;
501 
502 		case 1:
503 			/* string property */
504 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
505 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
506 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
507 			if (err) {
508 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
509 				break;
510 			}
511 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
512 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
513 			break;
514 
515 		default:
516 			break;
517 		}
518 	}
519 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
520 out:
521 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
522 	dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
523 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
524 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
525 		*nvp = NULL;
526 		return (err);
527 	}
528 
529 	return (0);
530 }
531 
532 /*
533  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
534  * for the property values to be set.
535  */
536 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)537 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
538 {
539 	nvpair_t *elem;
540 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
541 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
542 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
543 
544 	elem = NULL;
545 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
546 		uint64_t intval;
547 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
548 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
549 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
550 
551 		switch (prop) {
552 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
553 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
554 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
555 				break;
556 			}
557 
558 			/*
559 			 * Sanitize the input.
560 			 */
561 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
562 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
563 				break;
564 			}
565 
566 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
567 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
568 				break;
569 			}
570 
571 			if (intval != 0) {
572 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
573 				break;
574 			}
575 
576 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
577 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
578 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
579 				break;
580 			}
581 
582 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
583 			break;
584 
585 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
586 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
587 			if (!error &&
588 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
589 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
590 			    has_feature))
591 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
592 			break;
593 
594 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
595 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
596 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
597 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
598 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
599 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
600 			if (!error && intval > 1)
601 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
602 			break;
603 
604 		case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
605 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
606 			if (!error && intval > 1)
607 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
608 
609 			if (!error) {
610 				uint32_t hostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
611 				if (hostid)
612 					spa->spa_hostid = hostid;
613 				else
614 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
615 			}
616 
617 			break;
618 
619 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
620 			/*
621 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
622 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
623 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
624 			 */
625 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
626 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
627 				break;
628 			}
629 
630 			/*
631 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
632 			 */
633 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
634 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
635 				break;
636 			}
637 
638 			reset_bootfs = 1;
639 
640 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
641 
642 			if (!error) {
643 				objset_t *os;
644 
645 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
646 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
647 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
648 					break;
649 				}
650 
651 				error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os);
652 				if (error != 0)
653 					break;
654 
655 				/* Must be ZPL. */
656 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
657 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
658 				} else {
659 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
660 				}
661 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
662 			}
663 			break;
664 
665 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
666 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
667 			if (!error && intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC)
668 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
669 
670 			/*
671 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
672 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
673 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
674 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
675 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
676 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
677 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
678 			 * error.
679 			 */
680 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
681 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
682 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
683 			}
684 			break;
685 
686 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
687 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
688 				break;
689 
690 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
691 				break;
692 
693 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
694 				break;
695 
696 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
697 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
698 				break;
699 			}
700 
701 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
702 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
703 
704 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
705 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
706 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
707 			break;
708 
709 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
710 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
711 				break;
712 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
713 				if (!isprint(*check)) {
714 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
715 					break;
716 				}
717 			}
718 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
719 				error = SET_ERROR(E2BIG);
720 			break;
721 
722 		default:
723 			break;
724 		}
725 
726 		if (error)
727 			break;
728 	}
729 
730 	(void) nvlist_remove_all(props,
731 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO));
732 
733 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
734 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
735 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
736 
737 		if (!error) {
738 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
739 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
740 		}
741 	}
742 
743 	return (error);
744 }
745 
746 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)747 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
748 {
749 	char *cachefile;
750 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
751 
752 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
753 	    &cachefile) != 0)
754 		return;
755 
756 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
757 	    KM_SLEEP);
758 
759 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
760 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
761 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
762 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
763 	else
764 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
765 
766 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
767 	if (need_sync)
768 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
769 }
770 
771 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)772 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
773 {
774 	int error;
775 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
776 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
777 
778 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
779 		return (error);
780 
781 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
782 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
783 
784 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
785 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
786 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
787 			continue;
788 
789 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL) {
790 			uint64_t ver;
791 
792 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
793 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
794 			} else {
795 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
796 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
797 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
798 			}
799 
800 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
801 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
802 				continue;
803 
804 			/*
805 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
806 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
807 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
808 			 * feature descriptions object.
809 			 */
810 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
811 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
812 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
813 			if (error)
814 				return (error);
815 			continue;
816 		}
817 
818 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
819 		break;
820 	}
821 
822 	if (need_sync) {
823 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
824 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
825 	}
826 
827 	return (0);
828 }
829 
830 /*
831  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
832  */
833 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)834 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
835 {
836 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
837 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
838 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
839 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
840 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
841 	}
842 }
843 
844 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)845 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
846 {
847 	uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused = arg;
848 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
849 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
850 	uint64_t vdev_state;
851 
852 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
853 		int error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
854 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
855 		return (SET_ERROR(error));
856 	}
857 
858 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
859 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
860 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
861 
862 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
863 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
864 
865 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
866 
867 	return (0);
868 }
869 
870 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)871 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
872 {
873 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
874 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
875 	uint64_t oldguid;
876 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
877 
878 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
879 
880 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
881 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
882 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
883 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
884 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
885 
886 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
887 	    (u_longlong_t)oldguid, (u_longlong_t)*newguid);
888 }
889 
890 /*
891  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
892  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
893  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
894  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
895  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
896  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
897  * sysevent to update any watchers.
898  */
899 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)900 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
901 {
902 	int error;
903 	uint64_t guid;
904 
905 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
906 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
907 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
908 
909 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
910 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
911 
912 	if (error == 0) {
913 		/*
914 		 * Clear the kobj flag from all the vdevs to allow
915 		 * vdev_cache_process_kobj_evt() to post events to all the
916 		 * vdevs since GUID is updated.
917 		 */
918 		vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa->spa_root_vdev);
919 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
920 			vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
921 
922 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
923 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
924 	}
925 
926 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
927 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
928 
929 	return (error);
930 }
931 
932 /*
933  * ==========================================================================
934  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
935  * ==========================================================================
936  */
937 
938 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)939 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
940 {
941 	const spa_error_entry_t *sa = (const spa_error_entry_t *)a;
942 	const spa_error_entry_t *sb = (const spa_error_entry_t *)b;
943 	int ret;
944 
945 	ret = memcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
946 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
947 
948 	return (TREE_ISIGN(ret));
949 }
950 
951 /*
952  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
953  * re-initializes them in the process.
954  */
955 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)956 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
957 {
958 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
959 
960 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
961 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
962 
963 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
964 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
965 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
966 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
967 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
968 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
969 }
970 
971 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)972 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
973 {
974 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
975 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
976 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
977 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
978 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
979 	uint_t cpus, flags = TASKQ_DYNAMIC;
980 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
981 
982 	switch (mode) {
983 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
984 		ASSERT3U(value, >, 0);
985 		break;
986 
987 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
988 		batch = B_TRUE;
989 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
990 		value = MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct, 100);
991 		break;
992 
993 	case ZTI_MODE_SCALE:
994 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
995 		/*
996 		 * We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
997 		 * less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
998 		 */
999 		cpus = MAX(1, boot_ncpus * zio_taskq_batch_pct / 100);
1000 		if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq > 0) {
1001 			count = MAX(1, (cpus + zio_taskq_batch_tpq / 2) /
1002 			    zio_taskq_batch_tpq);
1003 		} else {
1004 			/*
1005 			 * Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
1006 			 * than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
1007 			 *
1008 			 *                 taskq   taskq   total
1009 			 * cpus    taskqs  percent threads threads
1010 			 * ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1011 			 * 1       1       80%     1       1
1012 			 * 2       1       80%     1       1
1013 			 * 4       1       80%     3       3
1014 			 * 8       2       40%     3       6
1015 			 * 16      3       27%     4       12
1016 			 * 32      5       16%     5       25
1017 			 * 64      7       11%     7       49
1018 			 * 128     10      8%      10      100
1019 			 * 256     14      6%      15      210
1020 			 */
1021 			count = 1 + cpus / 6;
1022 			while (count * count > cpus)
1023 				count--;
1024 		}
1025 		/* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
1026 		count = MAX(count, (zio_taskq_batch_pct + 99) / 100);
1027 		value = (zio_taskq_batch_pct + count / 2) / count;
1028 		break;
1029 
1030 	case ZTI_MODE_NULL:
1031 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
1032 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1033 		return;
1034 
1035 	default:
1036 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1037 		    "spa_activate()",
1038 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
1039 		break;
1040 	}
1041 
1042 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
1043 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
1044 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
1045 
1046 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
1047 		taskq_t *tq;
1048 		char name[32];
1049 
1050 		if (count > 1)
1051 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
1052 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
1053 		else
1054 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
1055 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
1056 
1057 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
1058 			if (batch)
1059 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
1060 
1061 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
1062 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
1063 		} else {
1064 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
1065 			/*
1066 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1067 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly less important
1068 			 * priority than the other taskqs.
1069 			 *
1070 			 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1071 			 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1072 			 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1073 			 *
1074 			 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1075 			 * are equal then a difference between them is
1076 			 * insignificant.
1077 			 */
1078 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE) {
1079 #if defined(__linux__)
1080 				pri++;
1081 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1082 				pri += 4;
1083 #else
1084 #error "unknown OS"
1085 #endif
1086 			}
1087 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
1088 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
1089 		}
1090 
1091 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
1092 	}
1093 }
1094 
1095 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)1096 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
1097 {
1098 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1099 
1100 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
1101 		ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, ==, 0);
1102 		return;
1103 	}
1104 
1105 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
1106 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
1107 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
1108 	}
1109 
1110 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
1111 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
1112 }
1113 
1114 #ifdef _KERNEL
1115 /*
1116  * The READ and WRITE rows of zio_taskqs are configurable at module load time
1117  * by setting zio_taskq_read or zio_taskq_write.
1118  *
1119  * Example (the defaults for READ and WRITE)
1120  *   zio_taskq_read='fixed,1,8 null scale null'
1121  *   zio_taskq_write='batch fixed,1,5 scale fixed,1,5'
1122  *
1123  * Each sets the entire row at a time.
1124  *
1125  * 'fixed' is parameterised: fixed,Q,T where Q is number of taskqs, T is number
1126  * of threads per taskq.
1127  *
1128  * 'null' can only be set on the high-priority queues (queue selection for
1129  * high-priority queues will fall back to the regular queue if the high-pri
1130  * is NULL.
1131  */
1132 static const char *const modes[ZTI_NMODES] = {
1133 	"fixed", "batch", "scale", "null"
1134 };
1135 
1136 /* Parse the incoming config string. Modifies cfg */
1137 static int
spa_taskq_param_set(zio_type_t t,char * cfg)1138 spa_taskq_param_set(zio_type_t t, char *cfg)
1139 {
1140 	int err = 0;
1141 
1142 	zio_taskq_info_t row[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {{0}};
1143 
1144 	char *next = cfg, *tok, *c;
1145 
1146 	/*
1147 	 * Parse out each element from the string and fill `row`. The entire
1148 	 * row has to be set at once, so any errors are flagged by just
1149 	 * breaking out of this loop early.
1150 	 */
1151 	uint_t q;
1152 	for (q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1153 		/* `next` is the start of the config */
1154 		if (next == NULL)
1155 			break;
1156 
1157 		/* Eat up leading space */
1158 		while (isspace(*next))
1159 			next++;
1160 		if (*next == '\0')
1161 			break;
1162 
1163 		/* Mode ends at space or end of string */
1164 		tok = next;
1165 		next = strchr(tok, ' ');
1166 		if (next != NULL) *next++ = '\0';
1167 
1168 		/* Parameters start after a comma */
1169 		c = strchr(tok, ',');
1170 		if (c != NULL) *c++ = '\0';
1171 
1172 		/* Match mode string */
1173 		uint_t mode;
1174 		for (mode = 0; mode < ZTI_NMODES; mode++)
1175 			if (strcmp(tok, modes[mode]) == 0)
1176 				break;
1177 		if (mode == ZTI_NMODES)
1178 			break;
1179 
1180 		/* Invalid canary */
1181 		row[q].zti_mode = ZTI_NMODES;
1182 
1183 		/* Per-mode setup */
1184 		switch (mode) {
1185 
1186 		/*
1187 		 * FIXED is parameterised: number of queues, and number of
1188 		 * threads per queue.
1189 		 */
1190 		case ZTI_MODE_FIXED: {
1191 			/* No parameters? */
1192 			if (c == NULL || *c == '\0')
1193 				break;
1194 
1195 			/* Find next parameter */
1196 			tok = c;
1197 			c = strchr(tok, ',');
1198 			if (c == NULL)
1199 				break;
1200 
1201 			/* Take digits and convert */
1202 			unsigned long long nq;
1203 			if (!(isdigit(*tok)))
1204 				break;
1205 			err = ddi_strtoull(tok, &tok, 10, &nq);
1206 			/* Must succeed and also end at the next param sep */
1207 			if (err != 0 || tok != c)
1208 				break;
1209 
1210 			/* Move past the comma */
1211 			tok++;
1212 			/* Need another number */
1213 			if (!(isdigit(*tok)))
1214 				break;
1215 			/* Remember start to make sure we moved */
1216 			c = tok;
1217 
1218 			/* Take digits */
1219 			unsigned long long ntpq;
1220 			err = ddi_strtoull(tok, &tok, 10, &ntpq);
1221 			/* Must succeed, and moved forward */
1222 			if (err != 0 || tok == c || *tok != '\0')
1223 				break;
1224 
1225 			/*
1226 			 * sanity; zero queues/threads make no sense, and
1227 			 * 16K is almost certainly more than anyone will ever
1228 			 * need and avoids silly numbers like UINT32_MAX
1229 			 */
1230 			if (nq == 0 || nq >= 16384 ||
1231 			    ntpq == 0 || ntpq >= 16384)
1232 				break;
1233 
1234 			const zio_taskq_info_t zti = ZTI_P(ntpq, nq);
1235 			row[q] = zti;
1236 			break;
1237 		}
1238 
1239 		case ZTI_MODE_BATCH: {
1240 			const zio_taskq_info_t zti = ZTI_BATCH;
1241 			row[q] = zti;
1242 			break;
1243 		}
1244 
1245 		case ZTI_MODE_SCALE: {
1246 			const zio_taskq_info_t zti = ZTI_SCALE;
1247 			row[q] = zti;
1248 			break;
1249 		}
1250 
1251 		case ZTI_MODE_NULL: {
1252 			/*
1253 			 * Can only null the high-priority queues; the general-
1254 			 * purpose ones have to exist.
1255 			 */
1256 			if (q != ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE_HIGH &&
1257 			    q != ZIO_TASKQ_INTERRUPT_HIGH)
1258 				break;
1259 
1260 			const zio_taskq_info_t zti = ZTI_NULL;
1261 			row[q] = zti;
1262 			break;
1263 		}
1264 
1265 		default:
1266 			break;
1267 		}
1268 
1269 		/* Ensure we set a mode */
1270 		if (row[q].zti_mode == ZTI_NMODES)
1271 			break;
1272 	}
1273 
1274 	/* Didn't get a full row, fail */
1275 	if (q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES)
1276 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1277 
1278 	/* Eat trailing space */
1279 	if (next != NULL)
1280 		while (isspace(*next))
1281 			next++;
1282 
1283 	/* If there's anything left over then fail */
1284 	if (next != NULL && *next != '\0')
1285 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1286 
1287 	/* Success! Copy it into the real config */
1288 	for (q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++)
1289 		zio_taskqs[t][q] = row[q];
1290 
1291 	return (0);
1292 }
1293 
1294 static int
spa_taskq_param_get(zio_type_t t,char * buf,boolean_t add_newline)1295 spa_taskq_param_get(zio_type_t t, char *buf, boolean_t add_newline)
1296 {
1297 	int pos = 0;
1298 
1299 	/* Build paramater string from live config */
1300 	const char *sep = "";
1301 	for (uint_t q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1302 		const zio_taskq_info_t *zti = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
1303 		if (zti->zti_mode == ZTI_MODE_FIXED)
1304 			pos += sprintf(&buf[pos], "%s%s,%u,%u", sep,
1305 			    modes[zti->zti_mode], zti->zti_count,
1306 			    zti->zti_value);
1307 		else
1308 			pos += sprintf(&buf[pos], "%s%s", sep,
1309 			    modes[zti->zti_mode]);
1310 		sep = " ";
1311 	}
1312 
1313 	if (add_newline)
1314 		buf[pos++] = '\n';
1315 	buf[pos] = '\0';
1316 
1317 	return (pos);
1318 }
1319 
1320 #ifdef __linux__
1321 static int
spa_taskq_read_param_set(const char * val,zfs_kernel_param_t * kp)1322 spa_taskq_read_param_set(const char *val, zfs_kernel_param_t *kp)
1323 {
1324 	char *cfg = kmem_strdup(val);
1325 	int err = spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_READ, cfg);
1326 	kmem_free(cfg, strlen(val)+1);
1327 	return (-err);
1328 }
1329 static int
spa_taskq_read_param_get(char * buf,zfs_kernel_param_t * kp)1330 spa_taskq_read_param_get(char *buf, zfs_kernel_param_t *kp)
1331 {
1332 	return (spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_READ, buf, TRUE));
1333 }
1334 
1335 static int
spa_taskq_write_param_set(const char * val,zfs_kernel_param_t * kp)1336 spa_taskq_write_param_set(const char *val, zfs_kernel_param_t *kp)
1337 {
1338 	char *cfg = kmem_strdup(val);
1339 	int err = spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE, cfg);
1340 	kmem_free(cfg, strlen(val)+1);
1341 	return (-err);
1342 }
1343 static int
spa_taskq_write_param_get(char * buf,zfs_kernel_param_t * kp)1344 spa_taskq_write_param_get(char *buf, zfs_kernel_param_t *kp)
1345 {
1346 	return (spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE, buf, TRUE));
1347 }
1348 #else
1349 /*
1350  * On FreeBSD load-time parameters can be set up before malloc() is available,
1351  * so we have to do all the parsing work on the stack.
1352  */
1353 #define	SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX	(128)
1354 
1355 static int
spa_taskq_read_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS)1356 spa_taskq_read_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS)
1357 {
1358 	char buf[SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX];
1359 	int err;
1360 
1361 	(void) spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_READ, buf, FALSE);
1362 	err = sysctl_handle_string(oidp, buf, sizeof (buf), req);
1363 	if (err || req->newptr == NULL)
1364 		return (err);
1365 	return (spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_READ, buf));
1366 }
1367 
1368 static int
spa_taskq_write_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS)1369 spa_taskq_write_param(ZFS_MODULE_PARAM_ARGS)
1370 {
1371 	char buf[SPA_TASKQ_PARAM_MAX];
1372 	int err;
1373 
1374 	(void) spa_taskq_param_get(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE, buf, FALSE);
1375 	err = sysctl_handle_string(oidp, buf, sizeof (buf), req);
1376 	if (err || req->newptr == NULL)
1377 		return (err);
1378 	return (spa_taskq_param_set(ZIO_TYPE_WRITE, buf));
1379 }
1380 #endif
1381 #endif /* _KERNEL */
1382 
1383 /*
1384  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1385  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1386  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1387  * the low bits of gethrtime().
1388  */
1389 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)1390 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1391     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
1392 {
1393 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1394 	taskq_t *tq;
1395 
1396 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1397 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1398 
1399 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1400 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1401 	} else {
1402 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs->stqs_count];
1403 	}
1404 
1405 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
1406 }
1407 
1408 /*
1409  * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1410  */
1411 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags)1412 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
1413     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags)
1414 {
1415 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
1416 	taskq_t *tq;
1417 	taskqid_t id;
1418 
1419 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
1420 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
1421 
1422 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
1423 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
1424 	} else {
1425 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs->stqs_count];
1426 	}
1427 
1428 	id = taskq_dispatch(tq, func, arg, flags);
1429 	if (id)
1430 		taskq_wait_id(tq, id);
1431 }
1432 
1433 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)1434 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
1435 {
1436 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1437 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1438 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1439 		}
1440 	}
1441 }
1442 
1443 /*
1444  * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1445  */
1446 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1447 
1448 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1449 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1450 spa_thread(void *arg)
1451 {
1452 	psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
1453 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1454 
1455 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1456 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1457 
1458 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1459 	    spa->spa_name);
1460 
1461 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1462 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1463 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1464 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1465 
1466 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1467 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1468 		pool_lock();
1469 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1470 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1471 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1472 
1473 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1474 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1475 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1476 		} else {
1477 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1478 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1479 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1480 		}
1481 
1482 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1483 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1484 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1485 		pool_unlock();
1486 	}
1487 
1488 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1489 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1490 	}
1491 
1492 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1493 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1494 
1495 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1496 
1497 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1498 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1499 
1500 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1501 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1502 
1503 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1504 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1505 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1506 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1507 
1508 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1509 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1510 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1511 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1512 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1513 
1514 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1515 	lwp_exit();
1516 }
1517 #endif
1518 
1519 /*
1520  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1521  */
1522 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,spa_mode_t mode)1523 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, spa_mode_t mode)
1524 {
1525 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1526 
1527 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1528 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1529 	spa->spa_read_spacemaps = spa_mode_readable_spacemaps;
1530 
1531 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1532 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1533 	spa->spa_embedded_log_class =
1534 	    metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1535 	spa->spa_special_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1536 	spa->spa_dedup_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1537 
1538 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1539 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1540 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1541 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1542 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1543 
1544 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1545 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1546 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1547 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1548 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1549 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1550 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1551 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1552 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1553 			}
1554 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1555 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1556 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1557 		} else {
1558 #ifdef _KERNEL
1559 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1560 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1561 			    spa->spa_name);
1562 #endif
1563 		}
1564 	}
1565 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1566 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1567 
1568 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1569 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1570 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1571 	}
1572 
1573 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1574 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
1575 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
1576 	}
1577 
1578 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1579 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1580 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1581 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1582 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1583 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1584 
1585 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, spa,
1586 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1587 
1588 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1589 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1590 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1591 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1592 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1593 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1594 
1595 	spa_keystore_init(&spa->spa_keystore);
1596 
1597 	/*
1598 	 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1599 	 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1600 	 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1601 	 *
1602 	 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1603 	 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1604 	 *
1605 	 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1606 	 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1607 	 *
1608 	 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1609 	 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1610 	 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1611 	 */
1612 	spa->spa_zvol_taskq = taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri,
1613 	    1, INT_MAX, 0);
1614 
1615 	/*
1616 	 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1617 	 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1618 	 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1619 	 */
1620 	spa->spa_prefetch_taskq = taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
1621 	    defclsyspri, 1, INT_MAX, TASKQ_DYNAMIC | TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT);
1622 
1623 	/*
1624 	 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1625 	 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1626 	 */
1627 	spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
1628 	    defclsyspri, 1, INT_MAX, TASKQ_DYNAMIC | TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT);
1629 }
1630 
1631 /*
1632  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1633  */
1634 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1635 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1636 {
1637 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1638 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1639 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1640 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1641 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1642 
1643 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1644 
1645 	if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
1646 		taskq_destroy(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
1647 		spa->spa_zvol_taskq = NULL;
1648 	}
1649 
1650 	if (spa->spa_prefetch_taskq) {
1651 		taskq_destroy(spa->spa_prefetch_taskq);
1652 		spa->spa_prefetch_taskq = NULL;
1653 	}
1654 
1655 	if (spa->spa_upgrade_taskq) {
1656 		taskq_destroy(spa->spa_upgrade_taskq);
1657 		spa->spa_upgrade_taskq = NULL;
1658 	}
1659 
1660 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1661 
1662 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1663 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1664 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1665 
1666 	taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
1667 
1668 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1669 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1670 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1671 		}
1672 	}
1673 
1674 	for (size_t i = 0; i < TXG_SIZE; i++) {
1675 		ASSERT3P(spa->spa_txg_zio[i], !=, NULL);
1676 		VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[i]));
1677 		spa->spa_txg_zio[i] = NULL;
1678 	}
1679 
1680 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1681 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1682 
1683 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1684 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1685 
1686 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_embedded_log_class);
1687 	spa->spa_embedded_log_class = NULL;
1688 
1689 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_special_class);
1690 	spa->spa_special_class = NULL;
1691 
1692 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_dedup_class);
1693 	spa->spa_dedup_class = NULL;
1694 
1695 	/*
1696 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1697 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1698 	 */
1699 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1700 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1701 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1702 
1703 	spa_keystore_fini(&spa->spa_keystore);
1704 
1705 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1706 
1707 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1708 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1709 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1710 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1711 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1712 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1713 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1714 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1715 		}
1716 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1717 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1718 	}
1719 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1720 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1721 
1722 	/*
1723 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1724 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1725 	 * it.
1726 	 */
1727 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1728 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1729 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1730 	}
1731 }
1732 
1733 /*
1734  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1735  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1736  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1737  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1738  */
1739 int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1740 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1741     uint_t id, int atype)
1742 {
1743 	nvlist_t **child;
1744 	uint_t children;
1745 	int error;
1746 
1747 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1748 		return (error);
1749 
1750 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1751 		return (0);
1752 
1753 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1754 	    &child, &children);
1755 
1756 	if (error == ENOENT)
1757 		return (0);
1758 
1759 	if (error) {
1760 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1761 		*vdp = NULL;
1762 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1763 	}
1764 
1765 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1766 		vdev_t *vd;
1767 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1768 		    atype)) != 0) {
1769 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1770 			*vdp = NULL;
1771 			return (error);
1772 		}
1773 	}
1774 
1775 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1776 
1777 	return (0);
1778 }
1779 
1780 static boolean_t
spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t * spa)1781 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t *spa)
1782 {
1783 	if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP))
1784 		return (B_FALSE);
1785 
1786 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
1787 		return (B_FALSE);
1788 
1789 	if (!spa->spa_sync_on)
1790 		return (B_FALSE);
1791 
1792 	if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED)
1793 		return (B_FALSE);
1794 
1795 	if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export)
1796 		return (B_FALSE);
1797 
1798 	return (B_TRUE);
1799 }
1800 
1801 /*
1802  * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1803  * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1804  */
1805 static void
spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t * spa)1806 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t *spa)
1807 {
1808 	dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
1809 	VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT));
1810 
1811 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_log_flushall_txg, ==, 0);
1812 	spa->spa_log_flushall_txg = dmu_tx_get_txg(tx);
1813 
1814 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
1815 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), spa->spa_log_flushall_txg);
1816 }
1817 
1818 static void
spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t * spa)1819 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t *spa)
1820 {
1821 	void *cookie = NULL;
1822 	spa_log_sm_t *sls;
1823 	while ((sls = avl_destroy_nodes(&spa->spa_sm_logs_by_txg,
1824 	    &cookie)) != NULL) {
1825 		VERIFY0(sls->sls_mscount);
1826 		kmem_free(sls, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t));
1827 	}
1828 
1829 	for (log_summary_entry_t *e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary);
1830 	    e != NULL; e = list_head(&spa->spa_log_summary)) {
1831 		VERIFY0(e->lse_mscount);
1832 		list_remove(&spa->spa_log_summary, e);
1833 		kmem_free(e, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t));
1834 	}
1835 
1836 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_nblocks = 0;
1837 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_memused = 0;
1838 	spa->spa_unflushed_stats.sus_blocklimit = 0;
1839 }
1840 
1841 static void
spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)1842 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
1843 {
1844 	if (spa->spa_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1845 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_condense_zthr);
1846 		spa->spa_condense_zthr = NULL;
1847 	}
1848 	if (spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr != NULL) {
1849 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr);
1850 		spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr = NULL;
1851 	}
1852 	if (spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr != NULL) {
1853 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr);
1854 		spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr = NULL;
1855 	}
1856 	if (spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr != NULL) {
1857 		zthr_destroy(spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr);
1858 		spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr = NULL;
1859 	}
1860 }
1861 
1862 /*
1863  * Opposite of spa_load().
1864  */
1865 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1866 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1867 {
1868 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1869 	ASSERT(spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1870 
1871 	spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
1872 	spa_load_note(spa, "UNLOADING");
1873 
1874 	spa_wake_waiters(spa);
1875 
1876 	/*
1877 	 * If we have set the spa_final_txg, we have already performed the
1878 	 * tasks below in spa_export_common(). We should not redo it here since
1879 	 * we delay the final TXGs beyond what spa_final_txg is set at.
1880 	 */
1881 	if (spa->spa_final_txg == UINT64_MAX) {
1882 		/*
1883 		 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
1884 		 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
1885 		 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
1886 		 * destroy log space maps and save import time.
1887 		 */
1888 		if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa))
1889 			spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa);
1890 
1891 		/*
1892 		 * Stop async tasks.
1893 		 */
1894 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
1895 
1896 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev) {
1897 			vdev_t *root_vdev = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1898 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev,
1899 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
1900 			vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
1901 			vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
1902 			vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa);
1903 		}
1904 	}
1905 
1906 	/*
1907 	 * Stop syncing.
1908 	 */
1909 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1910 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1911 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1912 	}
1913 
1914 	/*
1915 	 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1916 	 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1917 	 */
1918 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
1919 		for (int c = 0; c < spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_children; c++) {
1920 			vdev_t *vc = spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c];
1921 			if (vc->vdev_mg != NULL)
1922 				taskq_wait(vc->vdev_mg->mg_taskq);
1923 		}
1924 	}
1925 
1926 	if (spa->spa_mmp.mmp_thread)
1927 		mmp_thread_stop(spa);
1928 
1929 	/*
1930 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1931 	 */
1932 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1933 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1934 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1935 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1936 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1937 	}
1938 
1939 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
1940 		spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa->spa_vdev_removal);
1941 		spa->spa_vdev_removal = NULL;
1942 	}
1943 
1944 	spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa);
1945 
1946 	spa_condense_fini(spa);
1947 
1948 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1949 
1950 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, spa, RW_WRITER);
1951 
1952 	/*
1953 	 * Close all vdevs.
1954 	 */
1955 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1956 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1957 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1958 
1959 	/*
1960 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1961 	 */
1962 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1963 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1964 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1965 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1966 	}
1967 
1968 	ddt_unload(spa);
1969 	spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa);
1970 
1971 	/*
1972 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1973 	 */
1974 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1975 
1976 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1977 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1978 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1979 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1980 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1981 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1982 	}
1983 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1984 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1985 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1986 	}
1987 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1988 
1989 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1990 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1991 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1992 	}
1993 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1994 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1995 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1996 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1997 	}
1998 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1999 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
2000 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
2001 	}
2002 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
2003 
2004 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
2005 
2006 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_FALSE;
2007 
2008 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
2009 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
2010 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
2011 	}
2012 	if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL) {
2013 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_compatibility);
2014 		spa->spa_compatibility = NULL;
2015 	}
2016 
2017 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, spa);
2018 }
2019 
2020 /*
2021  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
2022  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
2023  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
2024  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
2025  */
2026 void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)2027 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
2028 {
2029 	nvlist_t **spares;
2030 	uint_t nspares;
2031 	int i;
2032 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
2033 
2034 #ifndef _KERNEL
2035 	/*
2036 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
2037 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
2038 	 *
2039 	 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
2040 	 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
2041 	 */
2042 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
2043 		return;
2044 #endif
2045 
2046 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2047 
2048 	/*
2049 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
2050 	 */
2051 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
2052 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
2053 
2054 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
2055 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
2056 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
2057 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
2058 		vdev_close(vd);
2059 		vdev_free(vd);
2060 	}
2061 
2062 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
2063 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
2064 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
2065 
2066 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
2067 		nspares = 0;
2068 	else
2069 		VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
2070 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares));
2071 
2072 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
2073 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
2074 
2075 	if (nspares == 0)
2076 		return;
2077 
2078 	/*
2079 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
2080 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
2081 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
2082 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
2083 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
2084 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
2085 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
2086 	 */
2087 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_zalloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
2088 	    KM_SLEEP);
2089 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
2090 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
2091 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
2092 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
2093 
2094 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
2095 
2096 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
2097 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
2098 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
2099 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
2100 
2101 			/*
2102 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
2103 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
2104 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
2105 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
2106 			 * is actively in use.
2107 			 *
2108 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
2109 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
2110 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
2111 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
2112 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
2113 			 */
2114 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
2115 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
2116 		}
2117 
2118 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
2119 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
2120 
2121 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
2122 			continue;
2123 
2124 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
2125 			spa_spare_add(vd);
2126 	}
2127 
2128 	/*
2129 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
2130 	 * this time.
2131 	 */
2132 	fnvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
2133 
2134 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
2135 	    KM_SLEEP);
2136 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
2137 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
2138 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
2139 	fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
2140 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count);
2141 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
2142 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
2143 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
2144 }
2145 
2146 /*
2147  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
2148  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
2149  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
2150  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
2151  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
2152  * not re-opened.
2153  */
2154 void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)2155 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
2156 {
2157 	nvlist_t **l2cache = NULL;
2158 	uint_t nl2cache;
2159 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
2160 	uint64_t guid;
2161 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
2162 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
2163 
2164 #ifndef _KERNEL
2165 	/*
2166 	 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
2167 	 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
2168 	 *
2169 	 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
2170 	 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
2171 	 * state of the pool.
2172 	 */
2173 	if (!spa_writeable(spa))
2174 		return;
2175 #endif
2176 
2177 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
2178 
2179 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
2180 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
2181 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
2182 	sav->sav_count = 0;
2183 
2184 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL) {
2185 		nl2cache = 0;
2186 		newvdevs = NULL;
2187 		goto out;
2188 	}
2189 
2190 	VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
2191 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache));
2192 	newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
2193 
2194 	/*
2195 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
2196 	 */
2197 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
2198 		guid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID);
2199 
2200 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
2201 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
2202 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
2203 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
2204 				/*
2205 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
2206 				 */
2207 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
2208 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
2209 				break;
2210 			}
2211 		}
2212 
2213 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
2214 			/*
2215 			 * Create new vdev
2216 			 */
2217 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
2218 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
2219 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
2220 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
2221 
2222 			/*
2223 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
2224 			 * even if it fails to open.
2225 			 */
2226 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
2227 
2228 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
2229 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
2230 
2231 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
2232 
2233 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
2234 				continue;
2235 
2236 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
2237 
2238 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
2239 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
2240 
2241 			/*
2242 			 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
2243 			 * creation with a cache device or if the header
2244 			 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
2245 			 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
2246 			 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
2247 			 */
2248 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM);
2249 		}
2250 	}
2251 
2252 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
2253 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
2254 
2255 	/*
2256 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
2257 	 * information this time.
2258 	 */
2259 	fnvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
2260 
2261 	if (sav->sav_count > 0)
2262 		l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *),
2263 		    KM_SLEEP);
2264 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2265 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
2266 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
2267 	fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache,
2268 	    sav->sav_count);
2269 
2270 out:
2271 	/*
2272 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
2273 	 */
2274 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
2275 		uint64_t pool;
2276 
2277 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
2278 		if (vd != NULL) {
2279 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
2280 
2281 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
2282 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
2283 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
2284 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
2285 			vdev_free(vd);
2286 		}
2287 	}
2288 
2289 	if (oldvdevs)
2290 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
2291 
2292 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2293 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
2294 	if (sav->sav_count)
2295 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
2296 }
2297 
2298 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)2299 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
2300 {
2301 	dmu_buf_t *db;
2302 	char *packed = NULL;
2303 	size_t nvsize = 0;
2304 	int error;
2305 	*value = NULL;
2306 
2307 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
2308 	if (error)
2309 		return (error);
2310 
2311 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
2312 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
2313 
2314 	packed = vmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
2315 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
2316 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
2317 	if (error == 0)
2318 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
2319 	vmem_free(packed, nvsize);
2320 
2321 	return (error);
2322 }
2323 
2324 /*
2325  * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
2326  * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
2327  */
2328 static uint64_t
spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t * spa)2329 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t *spa)
2330 {
2331 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2332 	uint64_t tvds = 0;
2333 
2334 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
2335 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
2336 		if (vd->vdev_islog)
2337 			continue;
2338 		if (vdev_is_concrete(vd) && !vdev_is_dead(vd))
2339 			tvds++;
2340 	}
2341 
2342 	return (tvds);
2343 }
2344 
2345 /*
2346  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2347  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2348  */
2349 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)2350 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
2351 {
2352 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
2353 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
2354 
2355 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
2356 	    vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
2357 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
2358 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
2359 	}
2360 }
2361 
2362 static int
spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t * spa)2363 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t *spa)
2364 {
2365 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2366 
2367 	/*
2368 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2369 	 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2370 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2371 	 */
2372 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
2373 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
2374 		uint64_t idx = 0;
2375 
2376 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t *),
2377 		    KM_SLEEP);
2378 		nv = fnvlist_alloc();
2379 
2380 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2381 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2382 
2383 			/*
2384 			 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2385 			 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2386 			 * as missing).
2387 			 */
2388 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
2389 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2390 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, tvd,
2391 				    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING);
2392 			}
2393 		}
2394 
2395 		if (idx > 0) {
2396 			fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
2397 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx);
2398 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2399 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv);
2400 
2401 			for (uint64_t i = 0; i < idx; i++)
2402 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
2403 		}
2404 		nvlist_free(nv);
2405 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
2406 
2407 		if (idx > 0) {
2408 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some log devices are missing");
2409 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2410 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2411 		}
2412 	} else {
2413 		for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2414 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2415 
2416 			if (tvd->vdev_islog &&
2417 			    tvd->vdev_state == VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
2418 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2419 				spa_load_note(spa, "some log devices are "
2420 				    "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2421 				vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
2422 				break;
2423 			}
2424 		}
2425 	}
2426 
2427 	return (0);
2428 }
2429 
2430 /*
2431  * Check for missing log devices
2432  */
2433 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)2434 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
2435 {
2436 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
2437 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2438 
2439 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
2440 	default:
2441 		break;
2442 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
2443 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2444 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
2445 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2446 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
2447 		if (rv)
2448 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
2449 		break;
2450 	}
2451 	return (rv);
2452 }
2453 
2454 /*
2455  * Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2456  */
2457 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)2458 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
2459 {
2460 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2461 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
2462 
2463 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2464 
2465 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2466 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2467 
2468 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
2469 			ASSERT3P(tvd->vdev_log_mg, ==, NULL);
2470 			metaslab_group_passivate(tvd->vdev_mg);
2471 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
2472 		}
2473 	}
2474 
2475 	return (slog_found);
2476 }
2477 
2478 /*
2479  * Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2480  */
2481 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)2482 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
2483 {
2484 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
2485 
2486 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
2487 
2488 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
2489 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
2490 
2491 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
2492 			ASSERT3P(tvd->vdev_log_mg, ==, NULL);
2493 			metaslab_group_activate(tvd->vdev_mg);
2494 		}
2495 	}
2496 }
2497 
2498 int
spa_reset_logs(spa_t * spa)2499 spa_reset_logs(spa_t *spa)
2500 {
2501 	int error;
2502 
2503 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_reset,
2504 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2505 	if (error == 0) {
2506 		/*
2507 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2508 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2509 		 * by zil_sync().
2510 		 */
2511 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
2512 	}
2513 	return (error);
2514 }
2515 
2516 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)2517 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
2518 {
2519 	for (int i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
2520 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
2521 }
2522 
2523 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)2524 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
2525 {
2526 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2527 
2528 	if (zio->io_error)
2529 		return;
2530 
2531 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
2532 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
2533 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
2534 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
2535 }
2536 
2537 typedef struct spa_load_error {
2538 	boolean_t	sle_verify_data;
2539 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
2540 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
2541 } spa_load_error_t;
2542 
2543 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)2544 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
2545 {
2546 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
2547 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
2548 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
2549 	int error = zio->io_error;
2550 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
2551 
2552 	abd_free(zio->io_abd);
2553 	if (error) {
2554 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
2555 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
2556 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
2557 		else
2558 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
2559 	}
2560 
2561 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2562 	spa->spa_load_verify_bytes -= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2563 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
2564 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2565 }
2566 
2567 /*
2568  * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2569  * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2570  */
2571 int spa_load_verify_shift = 4;
2572 int spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
2573 int spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
2574 
2575 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)2576 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
2577     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
2578 {
2579 	zio_t *rio = arg;
2580 	spa_load_error_t *sle = rio->io_private;
2581 
2582 	(void) zilog, (void) dnp;
2583 
2584 	if (zb->zb_level == ZB_DNODE_LEVEL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) ||
2585 	    BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp))
2586 		return (0);
2587 	/*
2588 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2589 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
2590 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2591 	 */
2592 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
2593 		return (0);
2594 	if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp) &&
2595 	    (!spa_load_verify_data || !sle->sle_verify_data))
2596 		return (0);
2597 
2598 	uint64_t maxinflight_bytes =
2599 	    arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift;
2600 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
2601 
2602 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2603 	while (spa->spa_load_verify_bytes >= maxinflight_bytes)
2604 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2605 	spa->spa_load_verify_bytes += size;
2606 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
2607 
2608 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, abd_alloc_for_io(size, B_FALSE), size,
2609 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
2610 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
2611 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
2612 	return (0);
2613 }
2614 
2615 static int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)2616 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
2617 {
2618 	(void) dp, (void) arg;
2619 
2620 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
2621 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
2622 
2623 	return (0);
2624 }
2625 
2626 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)2627 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
2628 {
2629 	zio_t *rio;
2630 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
2631 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
2632 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
2633 	int error = 0;
2634 
2635 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2636 
2637 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND ||
2638 	    policy.zlp_maxmeta == UINT64_MAX)
2639 		return (0);
2640 
2641 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2642 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2643 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2644 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2645 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2646 	if (error != 0)
2647 		return (error);
2648 
2649 	/*
2650 	 * Verify data only if we are rewinding or error limit was set.
2651 	 * Otherwise nothing except dbgmsg care about it to waste time.
2652 	 */
2653 	sle.sle_verify_data = (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_REWIND_MASK) ||
2654 	    (policy.zlp_maxdata < UINT64_MAX);
2655 
2656 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2657 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2658 
2659 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2660 		if (spa->spa_extreme_rewind) {
2661 			spa_load_note(spa, "performing a complete scan of the "
2662 			    "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2663 			    "a very long time.\n  (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2664 			    "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2665 			    spa_load_verify_data, spa_load_verify_metadata);
2666 		}
2667 
2668 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2669 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA |
2670 		    TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT, spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2671 	}
2672 
2673 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2674 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_load_verify_bytes);
2675 
2676 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2677 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2678 
2679 	if (sle.sle_meta_count != 0 || sle.sle_data_count != 0) {
2680 		spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2681 		    "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_meta_count,
2682 		    (u_longlong_t)sle.sle_data_count);
2683 	}
2684 
2685 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun ||
2686 	    (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zlp_maxmeta &&
2687 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zlp_maxdata)) {
2688 		int64_t loss = 0;
2689 
2690 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2691 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2692 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2693 
2694 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2695 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME,
2696 		    spa->spa_load_txg_ts);
2697 		fnvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME,
2698 		    loss);
2699 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2700 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_META_ERRORS, sle.sle_meta_count);
2701 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2702 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count);
2703 	} else {
2704 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2705 	}
2706 
2707 	if (spa_load_verify_dryrun)
2708 		return (0);
2709 
2710 	if (error) {
2711 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2712 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2713 		return (error);
2714 	}
2715 
2716 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2717 }
2718 
2719 /*
2720  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2721  */
2722 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2723 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2724 {
2725 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2726 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2727 }
2728 
2729 /*
2730  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2731  */
2732 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val,boolean_t log_enoent)2733 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val, boolean_t log_enoent)
2734 {
2735 	int error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2736 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2737 
2738 	if (error != 0 && (error != ENOENT || log_enoent)) {
2739 		spa_load_failed(spa, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2740 		    "[error=%d]", name, error);
2741 	}
2742 
2743 	return (error);
2744 }
2745 
2746 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2747 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2748 {
2749 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2750 	return (SET_ERROR(err));
2751 }
2752 
2753 boolean_t
spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t * spa)2754 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t *spa)
2755 {
2756 	return (spa->spa_livelists_to_delete != 0);
2757 }
2758 
2759 static boolean_t
spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void * arg,zthr_t * z)2760 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
2761 {
2762 	(void) z;
2763 	spa_t *spa = arg;
2764 	return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa));
2765 }
2766 
2767 static int
delete_blkptr_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)2768 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2769 {
2770 	spa_t *spa = arg;
2771 	zio_free(spa, tx->tx_txg, bp);
2772 	dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx->tx_pool->dp_free_dir, DD_USED_HEAD,
2773 	    -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa, bp),
2774 	    -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp), tx);
2775 	return (0);
2776 }
2777 
2778 static int
dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t * os,uint64_t zap_obj,uint64_t * llp)2779 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t *os, uint64_t zap_obj, uint64_t *llp)
2780 {
2781 	int err;
2782 	zap_cursor_t zc;
2783 	zap_attribute_t za;
2784 	zap_cursor_init(&zc, os, zap_obj);
2785 	err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za);
2786 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
2787 	if (err == 0)
2788 		*llp = za.za_first_integer;
2789 	return (err);
2790 }
2791 
2792 /*
2793  * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2794  * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2795  * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2796  */
2797 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg {
2798 	spa_t *spa;
2799 	dsl_deadlist_t *ll;
2800 	uint64_t key;
2801 	bplist_t *to_free;
2802 } sublist_delete_arg_t;
2803 
2804 static void
sublist_delete_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)2805 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2806 {
2807 	sublist_delete_arg_t *sda = arg;
2808 	spa_t *spa = sda->spa;
2809 	dsl_deadlist_t *ll = sda->ll;
2810 	uint64_t key = sda->key;
2811 	bplist_t *to_free = sda->to_free;
2812 
2813 	bplist_iterate(to_free, delete_blkptr_cb, spa, tx);
2814 	dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll, key, tx);
2815 }
2816 
2817 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg {
2818 	spa_t *spa;
2819 	uint64_t ll_obj;
2820 	uint64_t zap_obj;
2821 } livelist_delete_arg_t;
2822 
2823 static void
livelist_delete_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)2824 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2825 {
2826 	livelist_delete_arg_t *lda = arg;
2827 	spa_t *spa = lda->spa;
2828 	uint64_t ll_obj = lda->ll_obj;
2829 	uint64_t zap_obj = lda->zap_obj;
2830 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
2831 	uint64_t count;
2832 
2833 	/* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2834 	VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos, zap_obj, ll_obj, tx));
2835 	dsl_deadlist_free(mos, ll_obj, tx);
2836 	spa_feature_decr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST, tx);
2837 	VERIFY0(zap_count(mos, zap_obj, &count));
2838 	if (count == 0) {
2839 		/* no more livelists to delete */
2840 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2841 		    DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES, tx));
2842 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos, zap_obj, tx));
2843 		spa->spa_livelists_to_delete = 0;
2844 		spa_notify_waiters(spa);
2845 	}
2846 }
2847 
2848 /*
2849  * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2850  * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2851  * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2852  * the pool-wide livelist data.
2853  */
2854 static void
spa_livelist_delete_cb(void * arg,zthr_t * z)2855 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
2856 {
2857 	spa_t *spa = arg;
2858 	uint64_t ll_obj = 0, count;
2859 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
2860 	uint64_t zap_obj = spa->spa_livelists_to_delete;
2861 	/*
2862 	 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2863 	 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2864 	 */
2865 	VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos, zap_obj, &ll_obj));
2866 	VERIFY0(zap_count(mos, ll_obj, &count));
2867 	if (count > 0) {
2868 		dsl_deadlist_t *ll;
2869 		dsl_deadlist_entry_t *dle;
2870 		bplist_t to_free;
2871 		ll = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t), KM_SLEEP);
2872 		dsl_deadlist_open(ll, mos, ll_obj);
2873 		dle = dsl_deadlist_first(ll);
2874 		ASSERT3P(dle, !=, NULL);
2875 		bplist_create(&to_free);
2876 		int err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle->dle_bpobj, &to_free,
2877 		    z, NULL);
2878 		if (err == 0) {
2879 			sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg = {
2880 			    .spa = spa,
2881 			    .ll = ll,
2882 			    .key = dle->dle_mintxg,
2883 			    .to_free = &to_free
2884 			};
2885 			zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2886 			    " livelist %llu, %lld remaining",
2887 			    (u_longlong_t)dle->dle_bpobj.bpo_object,
2888 			    (u_longlong_t)ll_obj, (longlong_t)count - 1);
2889 			VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa), NULL,
2890 			    sublist_delete_sync, &sync_arg, 0,
2891 			    ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY));
2892 		} else {
2893 			VERIFY3U(err, ==, EINTR);
2894 		}
2895 		bplist_clear(&to_free);
2896 		bplist_destroy(&to_free);
2897 		dsl_deadlist_close(ll);
2898 		kmem_free(ll, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t));
2899 	} else {
2900 		livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg = {
2901 		    .spa = spa,
2902 		    .ll_obj = ll_obj,
2903 		    .zap_obj = zap_obj
2904 		};
2905 		zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed",
2906 		    (u_longlong_t)ll_obj);
2907 		VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa), NULL, livelist_delete_sync,
2908 		    &sync_arg, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY));
2909 	}
2910 }
2911 
2912 static void
spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t * spa)2913 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t *spa)
2914 {
2915 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr, ==, NULL);
2916 	spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr =
2917 	    zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
2918 	    spa_livelist_delete_cb_check, spa_livelist_delete_cb, spa,
2919 	    minclsyspri);
2920 }
2921 
2922 typedef struct livelist_new_arg {
2923 	bplist_t *allocs;
2924 	bplist_t *frees;
2925 } livelist_new_arg_t;
2926 
2927 static int
livelist_track_new_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,boolean_t bp_freed,dmu_tx_t * tx)2928 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
2929     dmu_tx_t *tx)
2930 {
2931 	ASSERT(tx == NULL);
2932 	livelist_new_arg_t *lna = arg;
2933 	if (bp_freed) {
2934 		bplist_append(lna->frees, bp);
2935 	} else {
2936 		bplist_append(lna->allocs, bp);
2937 		zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc++;
2938 	}
2939 	return (0);
2940 }
2941 
2942 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg {
2943 	spa_t *spa;
2944 	bplist_t to_keep;
2945 	uint64_t first_size;
2946 	uint64_t next_size;
2947 } livelist_condense_arg_t;
2948 
2949 static void
spa_livelist_condense_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)2950 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
2951 {
2952 	livelist_condense_arg_t *lca = arg;
2953 	spa_t *spa = lca->spa;
2954 	bplist_t new_frees;
2955 	dsl_dataset_t *ds = spa->spa_to_condense.ds;
2956 
2957 	/* Have we been cancelled? */
2958 	if (spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled) {
2959 		zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel++;
2960 		goto out;
2961 	}
2962 
2963 	dsl_deadlist_entry_t *first = spa->spa_to_condense.first;
2964 	dsl_deadlist_entry_t *next = spa->spa_to_condense.next;
2965 	dsl_deadlist_t *ll = &ds->ds_dir->dd_livelist;
2966 
2967 	/*
2968 	 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2969 	 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2970 	 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2971 	 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2972 	 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2973 	 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2974 	 */
2975 	uint64_t first_obj = first->dle_bpobj.bpo_object;
2976 	uint64_t next_obj = next->dle_bpobj.bpo_object;
2977 	uint64_t cur_first_size = first->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs;
2978 	uint64_t cur_next_size = next->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs;
2979 
2980 	bplist_create(&new_frees);
2981 	livelist_new_arg_t new_bps = {
2982 	    .allocs = &lca->to_keep,
2983 	    .frees = &new_frees,
2984 	};
2985 
2986 	if (cur_first_size > lca->first_size) {
2987 		VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first->dle_bpobj,
2988 		    livelist_track_new_cb, &new_bps, lca->first_size));
2989 	}
2990 	if (cur_next_size > lca->next_size) {
2991 		VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next->dle_bpobj,
2992 		    livelist_track_new_cb, &new_bps, lca->next_size));
2993 	}
2994 
2995 	dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first, ll, tx);
2996 	ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first->dle_bpobj));
2997 	dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll, next->dle_mintxg, tx);
2998 
2999 	bplist_iterate(&lca->to_keep, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb, ll, tx);
3000 	bplist_iterate(&new_frees, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb, ll, tx);
3001 	bplist_destroy(&new_frees);
3002 
3003 	char dsname[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN];
3004 	dsl_dataset_name(ds, dsname);
3005 	zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
3006 	    "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
3007 	    "(%llu blkptrs)", (u_longlong_t)tx->tx_txg, dsname,
3008 	    (u_longlong_t)ds->ds_object, (u_longlong_t)first_obj,
3009 	    (u_longlong_t)cur_first_size, (u_longlong_t)next_obj,
3010 	    (u_longlong_t)cur_next_size,
3011 	    (u_longlong_t)first->dle_bpobj.bpo_object,
3012 	    (u_longlong_t)first->dle_bpobj.bpo_phys->bpo_num_blkptrs);
3013 out:
3014 	dmu_buf_rele(ds->ds_dbuf, spa);
3015 	spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
3016 	bplist_clear(&lca->to_keep);
3017 	bplist_destroy(&lca->to_keep);
3018 	kmem_free(lca, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t));
3019 	spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_FALSE;
3020 }
3021 
3022 static void
spa_livelist_condense_cb(void * arg,zthr_t * t)3023 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg, zthr_t *t)
3024 {
3025 	while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause &&
3026 	    !(zthr_has_waiters(t) || zthr_iscancelled(t)))
3027 		delay(1);
3028 
3029 	spa_t *spa = arg;
3030 	dsl_deadlist_entry_t *first = spa->spa_to_condense.first;
3031 	dsl_deadlist_entry_t *next = spa->spa_to_condense.next;
3032 	uint64_t first_size, next_size;
3033 
3034 	livelist_condense_arg_t *lca =
3035 	    kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t), KM_SLEEP);
3036 	bplist_create(&lca->to_keep);
3037 
3038 	/*
3039 	 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
3040 	 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
3041 	 *
3042 	 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
3043 	 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
3044 	 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
3045 	 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
3046 	 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
3047 	 *
3048 	 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
3049 	 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
3050 	 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
3051 	 * processed.
3052 	 */
3053 	int err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first->dle_bpobj, &lca->to_keep, t,
3054 	    &first_size);
3055 	if (err == 0)
3056 		err = dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next->dle_bpobj, &lca->to_keep,
3057 		    t, &next_size);
3058 
3059 	if (err == 0) {
3060 		while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause &&
3061 		    !(zthr_has_waiters(t) || zthr_iscancelled(t)))
3062 			delay(1);
3063 
3064 		dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
3065 		dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx);
3066 		dmu_tx_hold_space(tx, 1);
3067 		err = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_NOWAIT | TXG_NOTHROTTLE);
3068 		if (err == 0) {
3069 			/*
3070 			 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
3071 			 * the synctask completes.
3072 			 */
3073 			spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_TRUE;
3074 			lca->spa = spa;
3075 			lca->first_size = first_size;
3076 			lca->next_size = next_size;
3077 			dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa),
3078 			    spa_livelist_condense_sync, lca, tx);
3079 			dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3080 			return;
3081 		}
3082 	}
3083 	/*
3084 	 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
3085 	 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
3086 	 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
3087 	 * again in a later txg.
3088 	 */
3089 	ASSERT(err != 0);
3090 	bplist_clear(&lca->to_keep);
3091 	bplist_destroy(&lca->to_keep);
3092 	kmem_free(lca, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t));
3093 	dmu_buf_rele(spa->spa_to_condense.ds->ds_dbuf, spa);
3094 	spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
3095 	if (err == EINTR)
3096 		zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel++;
3097 }
3098 
3099 /*
3100  * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
3101  * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
3102  */
3103 static boolean_t
spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void * arg,zthr_t * z)3104 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg, zthr_t *z)
3105 {
3106 	(void) z;
3107 	spa_t *spa = arg;
3108 	if ((spa->spa_to_condense.ds != NULL) &&
3109 	    (spa->spa_to_condense.syncing == B_FALSE) &&
3110 	    (spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled == B_FALSE)) {
3111 		return (B_TRUE);
3112 	}
3113 	return (B_FALSE);
3114 }
3115 
3116 static void
spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t * spa)3117 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t *spa)
3118 {
3119 	spa->spa_to_condense.ds = NULL;
3120 	spa->spa_to_condense.first = NULL;
3121 	spa->spa_to_condense.next = NULL;
3122 	spa->spa_to_condense.syncing = B_FALSE;
3123 	spa->spa_to_condense.cancelled = B_FALSE;
3124 
3125 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr, ==, NULL);
3126 	spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr =
3127 	    zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
3128 	    spa_livelist_condense_cb_check,
3129 	    spa_livelist_condense_cb, spa, minclsyspri);
3130 }
3131 
3132 static void
spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t * spa)3133 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t *spa)
3134 {
3135 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
3136 
3137 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
3138 
3139 	spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa);
3140 	spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa);
3141 	spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa);
3142 
3143 	ASSERT3P(spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr, ==, NULL);
3144 	spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr =
3145 	    zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
3146 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check,
3147 	    spa_checkpoint_discard_thread, spa, minclsyspri);
3148 }
3149 
3150 /*
3151  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
3152  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
3153  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
3154  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
3155  *
3156  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
3157  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
3158  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
3159  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
3160  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
3161  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
3162  *
3163  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
3164  * the original pool.
3165  */
3166 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3167 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3168 {
3169 	uint_t extracted;
3170 	uint64_t *glist;
3171 	uint_t i, gcount;
3172 	nvlist_t *nvl;
3173 	vdev_t **vd;
3174 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
3175 
3176 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
3177 		return;
3178 
3179 	/* check that the config is complete */
3180 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
3181 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
3182 		return;
3183 
3184 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
3185 
3186 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
3187 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
3188 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
3189 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
3190 			continue;
3191 
3192 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
3193 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
3194 			/*
3195 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
3196 			 * just do the split.
3197 			 */
3198 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
3199 		} else {
3200 			/* attempt to re-online it */
3201 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
3202 		}
3203 	}
3204 
3205 	if (attempt_reopen) {
3206 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3207 
3208 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
3209 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
3210 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
3211 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
3212 				break;
3213 			++extracted;
3214 		}
3215 	}
3216 
3217 	/*
3218 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
3219 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
3220 	 * good.
3221 	 */
3222 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
3223 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
3224 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
3225 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
3226 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3227 	}
3228 
3229 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
3230 }
3231 
3232 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type)3233 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type)
3234 {
3235 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
3236 	int error;
3237 
3238 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
3239 	(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa),
3240 	    spa_load_state(spa));
3241 
3242 	gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
3243 	error = spa_load_impl(spa, type, &ereport);
3244 
3245 	/*
3246 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3247 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3248 	 */
3249 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
3250 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3251 	if (error) {
3252 		if (error != EEXIST) {
3253 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
3254 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
3255 		}
3256 		if (error != EBADF) {
3257 			(void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa,
3258 			    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
3259 		}
3260 	}
3261 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
3262 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
3263 
3264 	(void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa),
3265 	    spa_load_state(spa));
3266 
3267 	return (error);
3268 }
3269 
3270 #ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
3271 /*
3272  * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
3273  * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
3274  * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
3275  */
3276 static uint64_t
vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t * vd)3277 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t *vd)
3278 {
3279 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
3280 	uint64_t total = 0;
3281 
3282 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
3283 		total++;
3284 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3285 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_top_zap));
3286 	}
3287 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
3288 		total++;
3289 		ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3290 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, vd->vdev_leaf_zap));
3291 	}
3292 
3293 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
3294 		total += vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd->vdev_child[i]);
3295 	}
3296 
3297 	return (total);
3298 }
3299 #endif
3300 
3301 /*
3302  * Determine whether the activity check is required.
3303  */
3304 static boolean_t
spa_activity_check_required(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * label,nvlist_t * config)3305 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *label,
3306     nvlist_t *config)
3307 {
3308 	uint64_t state = 0;
3309 	uint64_t hostid = 0;
3310 	uint64_t tryconfig_txg = 0;
3311 	uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp = 0;
3312 	uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq = 0;
3313 	nvlist_t *nvinfo;
3314 
3315 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
3316 		nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
3317 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG,
3318 		    &tryconfig_txg);
3319 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
3320 		    &tryconfig_timestamp);
3321 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
3322 		    &tryconfig_mmp_seq);
3323 	}
3324 
3325 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state);
3326 
3327 	/*
3328 	 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
3329 	 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
3330 	 */
3331 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP)
3332 		return (B_FALSE);
3333 
3334 	/*
3335 	 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
3336 	 */
3337 	if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay == 0)
3338 		return (B_FALSE);
3339 
3340 	/*
3341 	 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
3342 	 * earlier tryimport.  If they all match the uberblock we just found,
3343 	 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
3344 	 * a second time.
3345 	 */
3346 	if (tryconfig_txg && tryconfig_txg == ub->ub_txg &&
3347 	    tryconfig_timestamp && tryconfig_timestamp == ub->ub_timestamp &&
3348 	    tryconfig_mmp_seq && tryconfig_mmp_seq ==
3349 	    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0))
3350 		return (B_FALSE);
3351 
3352 	/*
3353 	 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
3354 	 * on the same host which last imported it.  Since the hostid from
3355 	 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
3356 	 */
3357 	if (nvlist_exists(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID))
3358 		hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
3359 
3360 	if (hostid == spa_get_hostid(spa))
3361 		return (B_FALSE);
3362 
3363 	/*
3364 	 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
3365 	 */
3366 	if (state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE)
3367 		return (B_FALSE);
3368 
3369 	return (B_TRUE);
3370 }
3371 
3372 /*
3373  * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3374  */
3375 static uint64_t
spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub)3376 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
3377 {
3378 	uint64_t import_intervals = MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals, 1);
3379 	uint64_t multihost_interval = MSEC2NSEC(
3380 	    MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval));
3381 	uint64_t import_delay = MAX(NANOSEC, import_intervals *
3382 	    multihost_interval);
3383 
3384 	/*
3385 	 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3386 	 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3387 	 * writes do not land.
3388 	 *
3389 	 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3390 	 * these cases and times.
3391 	 */
3392 
3393 	ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR >= 100);
3394 
3395 	if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
3396 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) > 0) {
3397 
3398 		/* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3399 		import_delay = MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) *
3400 		    MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR / 100;
3401 
3402 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3403 		    "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3404 		    "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t)import_delay,
3405 		    (u_longlong_t)MMP_FAIL_INT(ub),
3406 		    (u_longlong_t)MMP_INTERVAL(ub),
3407 		    (u_longlong_t)import_intervals);
3408 
3409 	} else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub) &&
3410 	    MMP_FAIL_INT(ub) == 0) {
3411 
3412 		/* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3413 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub)) +
3414 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
3415 
3416 		zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3417 		    "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3418 		    "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t)import_delay,
3419 		    (u_longlong_t)MMP_INTERVAL(ub),
3420 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_mmp_delay,
3421 		    (u_longlong_t)import_intervals);
3422 
3423 	} else if (MMP_VALID(ub)) {
3424 		/*
3425 		 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3426 		 */
3427 
3428 		import_delay = MAX(import_delay, (multihost_interval +
3429 		    ub->ub_mmp_delay) * import_intervals);
3430 
3431 		zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3432 		    "import_intervals=%llu leaves=%u",
3433 		    (u_longlong_t)import_delay,
3434 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_mmp_delay,
3435 		    (u_longlong_t)import_intervals,
3436 		    vdev_count_leaves(spa));
3437 	} else {
3438 		/* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3439 		zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3440 		    "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3441 		    "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t)import_delay,
3442 		    (u_longlong_t)multihost_interval,
3443 		    (u_longlong_t)import_intervals);
3444 	}
3445 
3446 	return (import_delay);
3447 }
3448 
3449 /*
3450  * Perform the import activity check.  If the user canceled the import or
3451  * we detected activity then fail.
3452  */
3453 static int
spa_activity_check(spa_t * spa,uberblock_t * ub,nvlist_t * config)3454 spa_activity_check(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub, nvlist_t *config)
3455 {
3456 	uint64_t txg = ub->ub_txg;
3457 	uint64_t timestamp = ub->ub_timestamp;
3458 	uint64_t mmp_config = ub->ub_mmp_config;
3459 	uint16_t mmp_seq = MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0;
3460 	uint64_t import_delay;
3461 	hrtime_t import_expire;
3462 	nvlist_t *mmp_label = NULL;
3463 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3464 	kcondvar_t cv;
3465 	kmutex_t mtx;
3466 	int error = 0;
3467 
3468 	cv_init(&cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
3469 	mutex_init(&mtx, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
3470 	mutex_enter(&mtx);
3471 
3472 	/*
3473 	 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3474 	 * during the earlier tryimport.  If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3475 	 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3476 	 *
3477 	 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host.  Check for
3478 	 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3479 	 */
3480 	if (nvlist_exists(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO)) {
3481 		nvlist_t *nvinfo = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3482 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO);
3483 
3484 		if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) &&
3485 		    fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG) == 0) {
3486 			vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
3487 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
3488 			goto out;
3489 		}
3490 	}
3491 
3492 	import_delay = spa_activity_check_duration(spa, ub);
3493 
3494 	/* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3495 	import_delay += import_delay * random_in_range(250) / 1000;
3496 
3497 	import_expire = gethrtime() + import_delay;
3498 
3499 	while (gethrtime() < import_expire) {
3500 		(void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa),
3501 		    NSEC2SEC(import_expire - gethrtime()));
3502 
3503 		vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &mmp_label);
3504 
3505 		if (txg != ub->ub_txg || timestamp != ub->ub_timestamp ||
3506 		    mmp_seq != (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0)) {
3507 			zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3508 			    "txg %llu ub_txg  %llu "
3509 			    "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp  %llu "
3510 			    "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3511 			    (u_longlong_t)txg, (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg,
3512 			    (u_longlong_t)timestamp,
3513 			    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_timestamp,
3514 			    (u_longlong_t)mmp_config,
3515 			    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_mmp_config);
3516 
3517 			error = SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO);
3518 			break;
3519 		}
3520 
3521 		if (mmp_label) {
3522 			nvlist_free(mmp_label);
3523 			mmp_label = NULL;
3524 		}
3525 
3526 		error = cv_timedwait_sig(&cv, &mtx, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz);
3527 		if (error != -1) {
3528 			error = SET_ERROR(EINTR);
3529 			break;
3530 		}
3531 		error = 0;
3532 	}
3533 
3534 out:
3535 	mutex_exit(&mtx);
3536 	mutex_destroy(&mtx);
3537 	cv_destroy(&cv);
3538 
3539 	/*
3540 	 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3541 	 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist.  If the remote hostname or hostid are
3542 	 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3543 	 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3544 	 *
3545 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE    - observed pool status (mandatory)
3546 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3547 	 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID   - hostid from the active pool
3548 	 */
3549 	if (error == EREMOTEIO) {
3550 		char *hostname = "<unknown>";
3551 		uint64_t hostid = 0;
3552 
3553 		if (mmp_label) {
3554 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME)) {
3555 				hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label,
3556 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
3557 				fnvlist_add_string(spa->spa_load_info,
3558 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME, hostname);
3559 			}
3560 
3561 			if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID)) {
3562 				hostid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label,
3563 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID);
3564 				fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3565 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID, hostid);
3566 			}
3567 		}
3568 
3569 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3570 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE);
3571 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3572 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, 0);
3573 
3574 		error = spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO);
3575 	}
3576 
3577 	if (mmp_label)
3578 		nvlist_free(mmp_label);
3579 
3580 	return (error);
3581 }
3582 
3583 static int
spa_verify_host(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * mos_config)3584 spa_verify_host(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *mos_config)
3585 {
3586 	uint64_t hostid;
3587 	char *hostname;
3588 	uint64_t myhostid = 0;
3589 
3590 	if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
3591 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
3592 		hostname = fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config,
3593 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME);
3594 
3595 		myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
3596 
3597 		if (hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 && hostid != myhostid) {
3598 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
3599 			    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3600 			    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3601 			    "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3602 			    "ZFS-8000-EY",
3603 			    spa_name(spa), hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
3604 			spa_load_failed(spa, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3605 			    "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3606 			    hostname, (u_longlong_t)hostid);
3607 			return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
3608 		}
3609 	}
3610 
3611 	return (0);
3612 }
3613 
3614 static int
spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t * spa,spa_import_type_t type)3615 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3616 {
3617 	int error = 0;
3618 	nvlist_t *nvtree, *nvl, *config = spa->spa_config;
3619 	int parse;
3620 	vdev_t *rvd;
3621 	uint64_t pool_guid;
3622 	char *comment;
3623 	char *compatibility;
3624 
3625 	/*
3626 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3627 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3628 	 */
3629 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
3630 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
3631 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
3632 
3633 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid)) {
3634 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3635 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID);
3636 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3637 	}
3638 
3639 	/*
3640 	 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3641 	 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3642 	 * spa namespace.
3643 	 *
3644 	 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3645 	 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3646 	 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3647 	 */
3648 #ifdef _KERNEL
3649 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3650 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
3651 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
3652 #else
3653 	if ((spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
3654 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
3655 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0) &&
3656 	    !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
3657 #endif
3658 		spa_load_failed(spa, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3659 		    (u_longlong_t)pool_guid);
3660 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3661 	}
3662 
3663 	spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
3664 
3665 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
3666 	spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
3667 
3668 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
3669 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
3670 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
3671 
3672 	ASSERT(spa->spa_compatibility == NULL);
3673 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY,
3674 	    &compatibility) == 0)
3675 		spa->spa_compatibility = spa_strdup(compatibility);
3676 
3677 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3678 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
3679 
3680 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) == 0)
3681 		spa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_dup(nvl);
3682 
3683 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvtree)) {
3684 		spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3685 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
3686 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3687 	}
3688 
3689 	/*
3690 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3691 	 */
3692 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
3693 	    KM_SLEEP);
3694 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
3695 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3696 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
3697 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3698 	}
3699 
3700 	/*
3701 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
3702 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3703 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3704 	 */
3705 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3706 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
3707 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
3708 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtree, NULL, 0, parse);
3709 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3710 
3711 	if (error != 0) {
3712 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3713 		    error);
3714 		return (error);
3715 	}
3716 
3717 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3718 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
3719 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
3720 
3721 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
3722 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
3723 	}
3724 
3725 	return (0);
3726 }
3727 
3728 /*
3729  * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3730  * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3731  */
3732 static int
3733 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
3734 {
3735 	int error = 0;
3736 
3737 	/*
3738 	 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3739 	 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3740 	 */
3741 	if (spa->spa_trust_config) {
3742 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds;
3743 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE) {
3744 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile;
3745 	} else if (spa->spa_config_source == SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN) {
3746 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan;
3747 	} else {
3748 		spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed = 0;
3749 	}
3750 
3751 	spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed =
3752 	    MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds, spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
3753 
3754 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3755 	error = vdev_open(spa->spa_root_vdev);
3756 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3757 
3758 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
3759 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3760 		    "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds);
3761 		if (spa->spa_trust_config && (spa->spa_mode & SPA_MODE_WRITE)) {
3762 			/*
3763 			 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3764 			 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3765 			 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3766 			 * for missing vdevs).
3767 			 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3768 			 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3769 			 * damaging it further.
3770 			 */
3771 			spa_load_note(spa, "pools with missing top-level "
3772 			    "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3773 			error = SET_ERROR(ENXIO);
3774 		} else {
3775 			spa_load_note(spa, "current settings allow for maximum "
3776 			    "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3777 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_missing_tvds_allowed);
3778 		}
3779 	}
3780 	if (error != 0) {
3781 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3782 		    error);
3783 	}
3784 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0 || error != 0)
3785 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa->spa_root_vdev, 2);
3786 
3787 	return (error);
3788 }
3789 
3790 /*
3791  * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3792  * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3793  * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3794  * config is trusted.
3795  */
3796 static int
3797 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t *spa)
3798 {
3799 	int error = 0;
3800 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3801 
3802 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3803 	error = vdev_validate(rvd);
3804 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3805 
3806 	if (error != 0) {
3807 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error);
3808 		return (error);
3809 	}
3810 
3811 	if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN) {
3812 		spa_load_failed(spa, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3813 		    "some vdevs");
3814 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
3815 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
3816 	}
3817 
3818 	return (0);
3819 }
3820 
3821 static void
3822 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t *spa, uberblock_t *ub)
3823 {
3824 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
3825 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3826 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
3827 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
3828 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
3829 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
3830 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
3831 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
3832 }
3833 
3834 static int
3835 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
3836 {
3837 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
3838 	nvlist_t *label;
3839 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
3840 	boolean_t activity_check = B_FALSE;
3841 
3842 	/*
3843 	 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3844 	 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3845 	 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3846 	 * the labels will find the right uberblock.  However, if
3847 	 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3848 	 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3849 	 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3850 	 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3851 	 *
3852 	 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3853 	 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3854 	 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3855 	 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3856 	 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3857 	 * just in the edge case.
3858 	 */
3859 	if (ub->ub_checkpoint_txg != 0 &&
3860 	    spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa)) {
3861 		spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
3862 		return (0);
3863 	}
3864 
3865 	/*
3866 	 * Find the best uberblock.
3867 	 */
3868 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
3869 
3870 	/*
3871 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3872 	 */
3873 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
3874 		nvlist_free(label);
3875 		spa_load_failed(spa, "no valid uberblock found");
3876 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
3877 	}
3878 
3879 	if (spa->spa_load_max_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
3880 		(void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa),
3881 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
3882 	}
3883 	spa_load_note(spa, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3884 	    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_txg);
3885 
3886 
3887 	/*
3888 	 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3889 	 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported.  Prevent
3890 	 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3891 	 */
3892 	activity_check = spa_activity_check_required(spa, ub, label,
3893 	    spa->spa_config);
3894 	if (activity_check) {
3895 		if (ub->ub_mmp_magic == MMP_MAGIC && ub->ub_mmp_delay &&
3896 		    spa_get_hostid(spa) == 0) {
3897 			nvlist_free(label);
3898 			fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3899 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
3900 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
3901 		}
3902 
3903 		int error = spa_activity_check(spa, ub, spa->spa_config);
3904 		if (error) {
3905 			nvlist_free(label);
3906 			return (error);
3907 		}
3908 
3909 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3910 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE);
3911 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
3912 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG, ub->ub_txg);
3913 		fnvlist_add_uint16(spa->spa_load_info,
3914 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ,
3915 		    (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub) ? MMP_SEQ(ub) : 0));
3916 	}
3917 
3918 	/*
3919 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3920 	 */
3921 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
3922 		nvlist_free(label);
3923 		spa_load_failed(spa, "version %llu is not supported",
3924 		    (u_longlong_t)ub->ub_version);
3925 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
3926 	}
3927 
3928 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3929 		nvlist_t *features;
3930 
3931 		/*
3932 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3933 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3934 		 */
3935 		if (label == NULL) {
3936 			spa_load_failed(spa, "label config unavailable");
3937 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3938 			    ENXIO));
3939 		}
3940 
3941 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
3942 		    &features) != 0) {
3943 			nvlist_free(label);
3944 			spa_load_failed(spa, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3945 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ);
3946 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
3947 			    ENXIO));
3948 		}
3949 
3950 		/*
3951 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3952 		 * from the label.
3953 		 */
3954 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
3955 		spa->spa_label_features = fnvlist_dup(features);
3956 	}
3957 
3958 	nvlist_free(label);
3959 
3960 	/*
3961 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3962 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3963 	 * cannot open a pool.
3964 	 */
3965 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
3966 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
3967 
3968 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
3969 
3970 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
3971 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
3972 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
3973 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
3974 				fnvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
3975 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "");
3976 			}
3977 		}
3978 
3979 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
3980 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
3981 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
3982 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3983 			spa_load_failed(spa, "some features are unsupported");
3984 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
3985 			    ENOTSUP));
3986 		}
3987 
3988 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
3989 	}
3990 
3991 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
3992 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3993 		spa_try_repair(spa, spa->spa_config);
3994 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3995 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
3996 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
3997 	}
3998 
3999 	/*
4000 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
4001 	 */
4002 	spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa, ub);
4003 
4004 	return (0);
4005 }
4006 
4007 static int
4008 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t *spa)
4009 {
4010 	int error = 0;
4011 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4012 
4013 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4014 	if (error != 0) {
4015 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
4016 		    "[error=%d]", error);
4017 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4018 	}
4019 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
4020 
4021 	return (0);
4022 }
4023 
4024 static int
4025 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
4026     boolean_t reloading)
4027 {
4028 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4029 	nvlist_t *nv, *mos_config, *policy;
4030 	int error = 0, copy_error;
4031 	uint64_t healthy_tvds, healthy_tvds_mos;
4032 	uint64_t mos_config_txg;
4033 
4034 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object, B_TRUE)
4035 	    != 0)
4036 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4037 
4038 	/*
4039 	 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
4040 	 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
4041 	 */
4042 	if (type == SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
4043 		return (0);
4044 
4045 	healthy_tvds = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
4046 
4047 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config)
4048 	    != 0) {
4049 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4050 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4051 	}
4052 
4053 	/*
4054 	 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
4055 	 * the verification here.
4056 	 */
4057 	if (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_OPEN) {
4058 		error = spa_verify_host(spa, mos_config);
4059 		if (error != 0) {
4060 			nvlist_free(mos_config);
4061 			return (error);
4062 		}
4063 	}
4064 
4065 	nv = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
4066 
4067 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4068 
4069 	/*
4070 	 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
4071 	 */
4072 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD);
4073 	if (error != 0) {
4074 		nvlist_free(mos_config);
4075 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4076 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
4077 		    error);
4078 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
4079 	}
4080 
4081 	/*
4082 	 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
4083 	 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
4084 	 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
4085 	 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
4086 	 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
4087 	 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
4088 	 * best effort policy.
4089 	 */
4090 	copy_error = vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd, mrvd);
4091 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
4092 		spa_load_note(spa, "provided vdev tree:");
4093 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
4094 		spa_load_note(spa, "MOS vdev tree:");
4095 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd, 2);
4096 	}
4097 	if (copy_error != 0) {
4098 		spa_load_note(spa, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
4099 		    "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
4100 		vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd, mrvd);
4101 	}
4102 
4103 	vdev_close(rvd);
4104 	vdev_free(rvd);
4105 	spa->spa_root_vdev = mrvd;
4106 	rvd = mrvd;
4107 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4108 
4109 	/*
4110 	 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
4111 	 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
4112 	 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
4113 	 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
4114 	 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
4115 	 */
4116 	mos_config_txg = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config,
4117 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG);
4118 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
4119 	mos_config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, mos_config_txg, B_FALSE);
4120 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY,
4121 	    &policy) == 0)
4122 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY, policy);
4123 	spa_config_set(spa, mos_config);
4124 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS;
4125 
4126 	/*
4127 	 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
4128 	 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
4129 	 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
4130 	 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
4131 	 */
4132 	spa->spa_trust_config = B_TRUE;
4133 
4134 	/*
4135 	 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
4136 	 */
4137 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
4138 	if (error != 0)
4139 		return (error);
4140 
4141 	error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
4142 	if (error != 0)
4143 		return (error);
4144 
4145 	if (copy_error != 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree) {
4146 		spa_load_note(spa, "final vdev tree:");
4147 		vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
4148 	}
4149 
4150 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT &&
4151 	    !spa->spa_extreme_rewind && zfs_max_missing_tvds == 0) {
4152 		/*
4153 		 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
4154 		 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
4155 		 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
4156 		 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
4157 		 * an extreme rewind.
4158 		 */
4159 		healthy_tvds_mos = spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa);
4160 		if (healthy_tvds_mos - healthy_tvds >=
4161 		    SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS) {
4162 			spa_load_note(spa, "config provided misses too many "
4163 			    "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
4164 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds,
4165 			    (u_longlong_t)healthy_tvds_mos);
4166 			spa_load_note(spa, "vdev tree:");
4167 			vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd, 2);
4168 			if (reloading) {
4169 				spa_load_failed(spa, "config was already "
4170 				    "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
4171 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
4172 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4173 			}
4174 			spa_load_note(spa, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
4175 			    "config");
4176 			return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN));
4177 		}
4178 	}
4179 
4180 	error = spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa);
4181 	if (error != 0)
4182 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
4183 
4184 	if (rvd->vdev_guid_sum != spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum) {
4185 		spa_load_failed(spa, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
4186 		    "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
4187 		    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum,
4188 		    (u_longlong_t)rvd->vdev_guid_sum);
4189 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
4190 		    ENXIO));
4191 	}
4192 
4193 	return (0);
4194 }
4195 
4196 static int
4197 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
4198 {
4199 	int error = 0;
4200 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4201 
4202 	/*
4203 	 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
4204 	 * on concreted vdevs.  Therefore we do this as early as possible.
4205 	 */
4206 	error = spa_remove_init(spa);
4207 	if (error != 0) {
4208 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
4209 		    error);
4210 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4211 	}
4212 
4213 	/*
4214 	 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
4215 	 */
4216 	error = spa_condense_init(spa);
4217 	if (error != 0) {
4218 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
4219 		    error);
4220 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
4221 	}
4222 
4223 	return (0);
4224 }
4225 
4226 static int
4227 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t *spa, boolean_t *missing_feat_writep)
4228 {
4229 	int error = 0;
4230 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4231 
4232 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
4233 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
4234 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
4235 
4236 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
4237 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
4238 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4239 		}
4240 
4241 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
4242 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
4243 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4244 		}
4245 
4246 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
4247 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj, B_TRUE) != 0) {
4248 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4249 		}
4250 
4251 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
4252 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
4253 
4254 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
4255 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
4256 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
4257 
4258 		if (spa_writeable(spa) ||
4259 		    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
4260 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
4261 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
4262 				*missing_feat_writep = B_TRUE;
4263 			}
4264 		}
4265 
4266 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
4267 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
4268 
4269 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
4270 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
4271 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
4272 		}
4273 
4274 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
4275 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
4276 
4277 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
4278 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
4279 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
4280 		}
4281 
4282 		/*
4283 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
4284 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
4285 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
4286 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
4287 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
4288 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
4289 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
4290 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
4291 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
4292 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
4293 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
4294 		 *
4295 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
4296 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
4297 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
4298 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
4299 		 * abovementioned note.
4300 		 */
4301 		if (missing_feat_read || (*missing_feat_writep &&
4302 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
4303 			spa_load_failed(spa, "pool uses unsupported features");
4304 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
4305 			    ENOTSUP));
4306 		}
4307 
4308 		/*
4309 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
4310 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
4311 		 */
4312 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
4313 			uint64_t refcount;
4314 
4315 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
4316 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
4317 			if (error == 0) {
4318 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
4319 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
4320 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
4321 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
4322 			} else {
4323 				spa_load_failed(spa, "error getting refcount "
4324 				    "for feature %s [error=%d]",
4325 				    spa_feature_table[i].fi_guid, error);
4326 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
4327 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4328 			}
4329 		}
4330 	}
4331 
4332 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
4333 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
4334 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
4335 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4336 	}
4337 
4338 	/*
4339 	 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
4340 	 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
4341 	 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
4342 	 */
4343 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION) &&
4344 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2)) {
4345 		spa->spa_errata = ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION;
4346 	}
4347 
4348 	return (0);
4349 }
4350 
4351 static int
4352 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t *spa)
4353 {
4354 	int error = 0;
4355 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4356 
4357 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
4358 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
4359 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
4360 	if (error != 0) {
4361 		spa_load_failed(spa, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error);
4362 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4363 	}
4364 
4365 	return (0);
4366 }
4367 
4368 static int
4369 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t *spa)
4370 {
4371 	int error = 0;
4372 	uint64_t obj;
4373 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4374 
4375 	/* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
4376 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
4377 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
4378 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
4379 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
4380 	if (error == ENOENT) {
4381 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
4382 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
4383 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
4384 	} else if (error != 0) {
4385 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
4386 		    "MOS [error=%d]", error);
4387 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4388 	}
4389 
4390 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj, B_TRUE) != 0)
4391 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4392 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
4393 	if (error != 0) {
4394 		spa_load_failed(spa, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4395 		    "[error=%d]", error);
4396 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4397 	}
4398 
4399 	/*
4400 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4401 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
4402 	 * be present.
4403 	 */
4404 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate, B_FALSE);
4405 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4406 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4407 
4408 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
4409 	    &spa->spa_creation_version, B_FALSE);
4410 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4411 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4412 
4413 	/*
4414 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
4415 	 * not be present.
4416 	 */
4417 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last,
4418 	    B_FALSE);
4419 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4420 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4421 
4422 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
4423 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub, B_FALSE);
4424 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4425 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4426 
4427 	/*
4428 	 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4429 	 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4430 	 */
4431 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES,
4432 	    &spa->spa_livelists_to_delete, B_FALSE);
4433 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4434 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4435 
4436 	/*
4437 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
4438 	 * will not be present.
4439 	 */
4440 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history, B_FALSE);
4441 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4442 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4443 
4444 	/*
4445 	 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4446 	 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4447 	 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4448 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
4449 	 */
4450 
4451 	/* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4452 	nvlist_t *mos_config;
4453 	if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &mos_config) != 0) {
4454 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4455 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4456 	}
4457 
4458 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
4459 	    &spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, B_FALSE);
4460 
4461 	if (error == ENOENT) {
4462 		VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config,
4463 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
4464 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE;
4465 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
4466 	} else if (error != 0) {
4467 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4468 	} else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS)) {
4469 		/*
4470 		 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4471 		 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4472 		 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4473 		 */
4474 		spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY;
4475 		/*
4476 		 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4477 		 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4478 		 */
4479 		ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev));
4480 	}
4481 	nvlist_free(mos_config);
4482 
4483 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
4484 
4485 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object,
4486 	    B_FALSE);
4487 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
4488 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4489 
4490 	if (error == 0) {
4491 		uint64_t autoreplace = 0;
4492 
4493 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
4494 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
4495 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
4496 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
4497 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
4498 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST, &spa->spa_multihost);
4499 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM, &spa->spa_autotrim);
4500 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
4501 	}
4502 
4503 	/*
4504 	 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4505 	 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4506 	 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4507 	 */
4508 	if (spa->spa_missing_tvds > 0 &&
4509 	    spa->spa_failmode != ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE &&
4510 	    spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
4511 		spa_load_note(spa, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4512 		    "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4513 		spa->spa_failmode = ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE;
4514 	}
4515 
4516 	return (0);
4517 }
4518 
4519 static int
4520 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
4521 {
4522 	int error = 0;
4523 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4524 
4525 	/*
4526 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4527 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4528 	 * devices.
4529 	 */
4530 
4531 	/*
4532 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4533 	 */
4534 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
4535 	    B_FALSE);
4536 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4537 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4538 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
4539 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
4540 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
4541 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0) {
4542 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading spares nvlist");
4543 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4544 		}
4545 
4546 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4547 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4548 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4549 	} else if (error == 0) {
4550 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4551 	}
4552 
4553 	/*
4554 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4555 	 */
4556 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
4557 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object, B_FALSE);
4558 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
4559 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4560 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
4561 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
4562 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
4563 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0) {
4564 			spa_load_failed(spa, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4565 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4566 		}
4567 
4568 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4569 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4570 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4571 	} else if (error == 0) {
4572 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4573 	}
4574 
4575 	return (0);
4576 }
4577 
4578 static int
4579 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t *spa)
4580 {
4581 	int error = 0;
4582 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4583 
4584 	/*
4585 	 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4586 	 * be imported when the system hostid is zero.  The exception to
4587 	 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4588 	 */
4589 	if (spa_multihost(spa) && spa_get_hostid(spa) == 0 &&
4590 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP) == 0) {
4591 		fnvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
4592 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID);
4593 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE, EREMOTEIO));
4594 	}
4595 
4596 	/*
4597 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4598 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4599 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4600 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4601 	 * over.
4602 	 */
4603 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
4604 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4605 		/*
4606 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4607 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4608 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4609 		 */
4610 		if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
4611 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
4612 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
4613 		}
4614 	}
4615 
4616 	/*
4617 	 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4618 	 */
4619 	error = vdev_load(rvd);
4620 	if (error != 0) {
4621 		spa_load_failed(spa, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error);
4622 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
4623 	}
4624 
4625 	error = spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa);
4626 	if (error != 0) {
4627 		spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_ld_log_spacemaps failed [error=%d]",
4628 		    error);
4629 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, error));
4630 	}
4631 
4632 	/*
4633 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4634 	 */
4635 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4636 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
4637 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4638 
4639 	return (0);
4640 }
4641 
4642 static int
4643 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t *spa)
4644 {
4645 	int error = 0;
4646 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4647 
4648 	error = ddt_load(spa);
4649 	if (error != 0) {
4650 		spa_load_failed(spa, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error);
4651 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
4652 	}
4653 
4654 	return (0);
4655 }
4656 
4657 static int
4658 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
4659 {
4660 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4661 
4662 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa_writeable(spa)) {
4663 		boolean_t missing = spa_check_logs(spa);
4664 		if (missing) {
4665 			if (spa->spa_missing_tvds != 0) {
4666 				spa_load_note(spa, "spa_check_logs failed "
4667 				    "so dropping the logs");
4668 			} else {
4669 				*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
4670 				spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_check_logs failed");
4671 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG,
4672 				    ENXIO));
4673 			}
4674 		}
4675 	}
4676 
4677 	return (0);
4678 }
4679 
4680 static int
4681 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t *spa)
4682 {
4683 	int error = 0;
4684 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4685 
4686 	/*
4687 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4688 	 * to start pushing transactions.
4689 	 */
4690 	if (spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
4691 		error = spa_load_verify(spa);
4692 		if (error != 0) {
4693 			spa_load_failed(spa, "spa_load_verify failed "
4694 			    "[error=%d]", error);
4695 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
4696 			    error));
4697 		}
4698 	}
4699 
4700 	return (0);
4701 }
4702 
4703 static void
4704 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t *spa)
4705 {
4706 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
4707 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
4708 
4709 	/*
4710 	 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4711 	 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4712 	 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4713 	 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4714 	 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4715 	 */
4716 	spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
4717 
4718 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
4719 	(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
4720 	    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
4721 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
4722 
4723 	spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
4724 
4725 	spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
4726 }
4727 
4728 static void
4729 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t *spa, uint64_t config_cache_txg,
4730     boolean_t update_config_cache)
4731 {
4732 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4733 	int need_update = B_FALSE;
4734 
4735 	/*
4736 	 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4737 	 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4738 	 *
4739 	 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4740 	 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4741 	 */
4742 	if (update_config_cache || config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
4743 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
4744 	    spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
4745 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
4746 		need_update = B_TRUE;
4747 
4748 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
4749 		if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
4750 			need_update = B_TRUE;
4751 
4752 	/*
4753 	 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4754 	 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4755 	 */
4756 	if (need_update)
4757 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
4758 }
4759 
4760 static void
4761 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t *spa)
4762 {
4763 	spa_mode_t mode = spa->spa_mode;
4764 	int async_suspended = spa->spa_async_suspended;
4765 
4766 	spa_unload(spa);
4767 	spa_deactivate(spa);
4768 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
4769 
4770 	/*
4771 	 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4772 	 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4773 	 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4774 	 */
4775 	spa->spa_async_suspended = async_suspended;
4776 }
4777 
4778 static int
4779 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t *spa)
4780 {
4781 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
4782 	int error = 0;
4783 
4784 	ASSERT0(spa->spa_checkpoint_txg);
4785 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4786 
4787 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
4788 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
4789 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
4790 
4791 	if (error == ENOENT)
4792 		return (0);
4793 
4794 	if (error != 0)
4795 		return (error);
4796 
4797 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, !=, 0);
4798 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg, !=, 0);
4799 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_timestamp, !=, 0);
4800 	spa->spa_checkpoint_txg = checkpoint.ub_txg;
4801 	spa->spa_checkpoint_info.sci_timestamp = checkpoint.ub_timestamp;
4802 
4803 	return (0);
4804 }
4805 
4806 static int
4807 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type)
4808 {
4809 	int error = 0;
4810 
4811 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4812 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
4813 
4814 	/*
4815 	 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4816 	 * a pool following a split.
4817 	 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4818 	 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4819 	 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4820 	 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4821 	 */
4822 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE)
4823 		spa->spa_trust_config = B_FALSE;
4824 
4825 	/*
4826 	 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4827 	 */
4828 	error = spa_ld_parse_config(spa, type);
4829 	if (error != 0)
4830 		return (error);
4831 
4832 	spa_import_progress_add(spa);
4833 
4834 	/*
4835 	 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4836 	 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4837 	 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4838 	 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4839 	 * to read from the vdevs.
4840 	 */
4841 	error = spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa);
4842 	if (error != 0)
4843 		return (error);
4844 
4845 	/*
4846 	 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4847 	 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4848 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4849 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4850 	 * validation for now.
4851 	 */
4852 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
4853 		error = spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa);
4854 		if (error != 0)
4855 			return (error);
4856 	}
4857 
4858 	/*
4859 	 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4860 	 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4861 	 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4862 	 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4863 	 * of zfs supports them all.
4864 	 */
4865 	error = spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa, type);
4866 	if (error != 0)
4867 		return (error);
4868 
4869 	/*
4870 	 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4871 	 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4872 	 * allow us to read its contents.
4873 	 */
4874 	error = spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa);
4875 	if (error != 0)
4876 		return (error);
4877 
4878 	return (0);
4879 }
4880 
4881 static int
4882 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t *spa)
4883 {
4884 	uberblock_t checkpoint;
4885 	int error = 0;
4886 
4887 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
4888 	ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
4889 
4890 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
4891 	    DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT, sizeof (uint64_t),
4892 	    sizeof (uberblock_t) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint);
4893 
4894 	if (error != 0) {
4895 		spa_load_failed(spa, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4896 		    "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error);
4897 
4898 		if (error == ENOENT)
4899 			error = ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT;
4900 
4901 		return (error);
4902 	}
4903 
4904 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, <, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg);
4905 	ASSERT3U(checkpoint.ub_txg, ==, checkpoint.ub_checkpoint_txg);
4906 
4907 	/*
4908 	 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4909 	 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4910 	 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4911 	 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4912 	 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4913 	 */
4914 	checkpoint.ub_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg + 1;
4915 	checkpoint.ub_timestamp = gethrestime_sec();
4916 
4917 	/*
4918 	 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4919 	 */
4920 	spa->spa_uberblock = checkpoint;
4921 
4922 	/*
4923 	 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4924 	 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4925 	 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4926 	 * pool and there is no way back.
4927 	 *
4928 	 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4929 	 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4930 	 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4931 	 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4932 	 * a "preview" of its content.
4933 	 */
4934 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4935 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4936 
4937 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4938 		vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
4939 		int svdcount = 0;
4940 		int children = rvd->vdev_children;
4941 		int c0 = random_in_range(children);
4942 
4943 		for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
4944 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
4945 
4946 			/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4947 			if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
4948 				break;
4949 
4950 			if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog ||
4951 			    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
4952 				continue;
4953 
4954 			svd[svdcount++] = vd;
4955 			if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
4956 				break;
4957 		}
4958 		error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, spa->spa_first_txg);
4959 		if (error == 0)
4960 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
4961 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4962 
4963 		if (error != 0) {
4964 			spa_load_failed(spa, "failed to write checkpointed "
4965 			    "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error);
4966 			return (error);
4967 		}
4968 	}
4969 
4970 	return (0);
4971 }
4972 
4973 static int
4974 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type,
4975     boolean_t *update_config_cache)
4976 {
4977 	int error;
4978 
4979 	/*
4980 	 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4981 	 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4982 	 * the MOS.
4983 	 */
4984 	error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
4985 	if (error != 0)
4986 		return (error);
4987 
4988 	/*
4989 	 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4990 	 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4991 	 */
4992 	error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_FALSE);
4993 	if (error == EAGAIN) {
4994 		if (update_config_cache != NULL)
4995 			*update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
4996 
4997 		/*
4998 		 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4999 		 * too different from the untrusted config.
5000 		 */
5001 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
5002 		spa_load_note(spa, "RELOADING");
5003 		error = spa_ld_mos_init(spa, type);
5004 		if (error != 0)
5005 			return (error);
5006 
5007 		error = spa_ld_trusted_config(spa, type, B_TRUE);
5008 		if (error != 0)
5009 			return (error);
5010 
5011 	} else if (error != 0) {
5012 		return (error);
5013 	}
5014 
5015 	return (0);
5016 }
5017 
5018 /*
5019  * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
5020  * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
5021  * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
5022  * config stored in the MOS.
5023  */
5024 static int
5025 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, spa_import_type_t type, char **ereport)
5026 {
5027 	int error = 0;
5028 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
5029 	boolean_t checkpoint_rewind =
5030 	    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
5031 	boolean_t update_config_cache = B_FALSE;
5032 
5033 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5034 	ASSERT(spa->spa_config_source != SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE);
5035 
5036 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING");
5037 
5038 	error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, &update_config_cache);
5039 	if (error != 0)
5040 		return (error);
5041 
5042 	/*
5043 	 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
5044 	 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
5045 	 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
5046 	 * the MOS.
5047 	 */
5048 	if (checkpoint_rewind) {
5049 		/*
5050 		 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
5051 		 * anyway.
5052 		 */
5053 		update_config_cache = B_TRUE;
5054 
5055 		/*
5056 		 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
5057 		 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
5058 		 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
5059 		 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
5060 		 */
5061 		error = spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa);
5062 		if (error != 0)
5063 			return (error);
5064 
5065 		/*
5066 		 * Redo the loading process again with the
5067 		 * checkpointed uberblock.
5068 		 */
5069 		spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa);
5070 		spa_load_note(spa, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
5071 		error = spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa, type, NULL);
5072 		if (error != 0)
5073 			return (error);
5074 	}
5075 
5076 	/*
5077 	 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
5078 	 */
5079 	error = spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa);
5080 	if (error != 0)
5081 		return (error);
5082 
5083 	/*
5084 	 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
5085 	 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
5086 	 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
5087 	 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
5088 	 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
5089 	 * we have loaded their mappings.
5090 	 */
5091 	error = spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa);
5092 	if (error != 0)
5093 		return (error);
5094 
5095 	/*
5096 	 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
5097 	 * they are all supported.
5098 	 */
5099 	error = spa_ld_check_features(spa, &missing_feat_write);
5100 	if (error != 0)
5101 		return (error);
5102 
5103 	/*
5104 	 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
5105 	 * layer.
5106 	 */
5107 	error = spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa);
5108 	if (error != 0)
5109 		return (error);
5110 
5111 	/*
5112 	 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
5113 	 */
5114 	error = spa_ld_get_props(spa);
5115 	if (error != 0)
5116 		return (error);
5117 
5118 	/*
5119 	 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
5120 	 * and open them.
5121 	 */
5122 	error = spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa, type);
5123 	if (error != 0)
5124 		return (error);
5125 
5126 	/*
5127 	 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
5128 	 * should be autoreplaced.
5129 	 */
5130 	error = spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa);
5131 	if (error != 0)
5132 		return (error);
5133 
5134 	error = spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa);
5135 	if (error != 0)
5136 		return (error);
5137 
5138 	/*
5139 	 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
5140 	 * when we claim log blocks later.
5141 	 */
5142 	error = spa_ld_verify_logs(spa, type, ereport);
5143 	if (error != 0)
5144 		return (error);
5145 
5146 	if (missing_feat_write) {
5147 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
5148 
5149 		/*
5150 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
5151 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
5152 		 * information and can return to userland.
5153 		 */
5154 		return (spa_vdev_err(spa->spa_root_vdev, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
5155 		    ENOTSUP));
5156 	}
5157 
5158 	/*
5159 	 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
5160 	 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
5161 	 * which can take a very long time.
5162 	 */
5163 	error = spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa);
5164 	if (error != 0)
5165 		return (error);
5166 
5167 	/*
5168 	 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
5169 	 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
5170 	 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
5171 	 */
5172 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
5173 
5174 	/*
5175 	 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
5176 	 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
5177 	 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
5178 	 */
5179 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (spa->spa_load_state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
5180 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
5181 		uint64_t config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
5182 
5183 		ASSERT(spa->spa_load_state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
5184 
5185 		/*
5186 		 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
5187 		 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
5188 		 */
5189 		if (checkpoint_rewind) {
5190 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "checkpoint rewind",
5191 			    NULL, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
5192 			    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_uberblock.ub_checkpoint_txg);
5193 		}
5194 
5195 		/*
5196 		 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
5197 		 */
5198 		spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa);
5199 
5200 		/*
5201 		 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
5202 		 */
5203 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
5204 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
5205 		mmp_thread_start(spa);
5206 
5207 		/*
5208 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
5209 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
5210 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
5211 		 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
5212 		 * performed above.
5213 		 */
5214 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
5215 
5216 		/*
5217 		 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
5218 		 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
5219 		 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
5220 		 */
5221 		spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa, config_cache_txg,
5222 		    update_config_cache);
5223 
5224 		/*
5225 		 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
5226 		 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
5227 		 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
5228 		 */
5229 		if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
5230 			vdev_rebuild_restart(spa);
5231 		} else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
5232 		    vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
5233 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
5234 		}
5235 
5236 		/*
5237 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
5238 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
5239 		 */
5240 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open", NULL);
5241 
5242 		spa_restart_removal(spa);
5243 		spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
5244 
5245 		/*
5246 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
5247 		 *
5248 		 * Note:
5249 		 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
5250 		 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
5251 		 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
5252 		 * deletion zthr is part of).
5253 		 */
5254 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
5255 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
5256 
5257 		/*
5258 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
5259 		 */
5260 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
5261 
5262 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5263 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5264 		vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5265 		vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
5266 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5267 	}
5268 
5269 	spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
5270 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD);
5271 
5272 	spa_load_note(spa, "LOADED");
5273 
5274 	return (0);
5275 }
5276 
5277 static int
5278 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state)
5279 {
5280 	spa_mode_t mode = spa->spa_mode;
5281 
5282 	spa_unload(spa);
5283 	spa_deactivate(spa);
5284 
5285 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
5286 
5287 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
5288 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
5289 
5290 	spa_load_note(spa, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
5291 	    (u_longlong_t)spa->spa_load_max_txg);
5292 
5293 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING));
5294 }
5295 
5296 /*
5297  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
5298  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
5299  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
5300  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
5301  * spa_load().
5302  */
5303 static int
5304 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, uint64_t max_request,
5305     int rewind_flags)
5306 {
5307 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
5308 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
5309 	int load_error, rewind_error;
5310 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
5311 	uint64_t min_txg;
5312 
5313 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5314 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
5315 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5316 	} else {
5317 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
5318 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
5319 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
5320 	}
5321 
5322 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
5323 	if (load_error == 0)
5324 		return (0);
5325 	if (load_error == ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT) {
5326 		/*
5327 		 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
5328 		 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
5329 		 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
5330 		 */
5331 		ASSERT(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT);
5332 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
5333 		return (load_error);
5334 	}
5335 
5336 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
5337 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
5338 
5339 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
5340 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
5341 
5342 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
5343 		nvlist_free(config);
5344 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
5345 		return (load_error);
5346 	}
5347 
5348 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5349 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
5350 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5351 	} else {
5352 		/*
5353 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
5354 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
5355 		 * to rewind.
5356 		 */
5357 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
5358 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
5359 	}
5360 
5361 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
5362 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
5363 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
5364 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
5365 
5366 	/*
5367 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
5368 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
5369 	 */
5370 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
5371 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
5372 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
5373 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
5374 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state);
5375 	}
5376 
5377 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
5378 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
5379 
5380 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
5381 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
5382 	else
5383 		nvlist_free(config);
5384 
5385 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
5386 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
5387 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
5388 		return (rewind_error);
5389 	} else {
5390 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5391 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
5392 		    spa->spa_load_info);
5393 
5394 		/* Restore the initial load info */
5395 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
5396 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
5397 
5398 		spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa));
5399 		return (load_error);
5400 	}
5401 }
5402 
5403 /*
5404  * Pool Open/Import
5405  *
5406  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5407  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
5408  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5409  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5410  *
5411  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5412  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5413  * ambiguous state.
5414  */
5415 static int
5416 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
5417     nvlist_t **config)
5418 {
5419 	spa_t *spa;
5420 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
5421 	int error;
5422 	int locked = B_FALSE;
5423 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
5424 
5425 	*spapp = NULL;
5426 
5427 	/*
5428 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5429 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5430 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
5431 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5432 	 */
5433 	if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock)) {
5434 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5435 		locked = B_TRUE;
5436 	}
5437 
5438 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
5439 		if (locked)
5440 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5441 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
5442 	}
5443 
5444 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
5445 		zpool_load_policy_t policy;
5446 
5447 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
5448 
5449 		zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
5450 		    &policy);
5451 		if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
5452 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
5453 
5454 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
5455 
5456 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
5457 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5458 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
5459 
5460 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool);
5461 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg,
5462 		    policy.zlp_rewind);
5463 
5464 		if (error == EBADF) {
5465 			/*
5466 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5467 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5468 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
5469 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5470 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5471 			 */
5472 			spa_unload(spa);
5473 			spa_deactivate(spa);
5474 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE, B_FALSE);
5475 			spa_remove(spa);
5476 			if (locked)
5477 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5478 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
5479 		}
5480 
5481 		if (error) {
5482 			/*
5483 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5484 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5485 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
5486 			 */
5487 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
5488 				*config = fnvlist_dup(spa->spa_config);
5489 				fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
5490 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5491 				    spa->spa_load_info);
5492 			}
5493 			spa_unload(spa);
5494 			spa_deactivate(spa);
5495 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
5496 			if (locked)
5497 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5498 			*spapp = NULL;
5499 			return (error);
5500 		}
5501 	}
5502 
5503 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
5504 
5505 	if (config != NULL)
5506 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
5507 
5508 	/*
5509 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5510 	 * gathered while doing the load.
5511 	 */
5512 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER && config != NULL) {
5513 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
5514 		    spa->spa_load_info);
5515 	}
5516 
5517 	if (locked) {
5518 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
5519 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
5520 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
5521 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5522 	}
5523 
5524 	if (firstopen)
5525 		zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa));
5526 
5527 	*spapp = spa;
5528 
5529 	return (0);
5530 }
5531 
5532 int
5533 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
5534     nvlist_t **config)
5535 {
5536 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
5537 }
5538 
5539 int
5540 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
5541 {
5542 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
5543 }
5544 
5545 /*
5546  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5547  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5548  */
5549 spa_t *
5550 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
5551 {
5552 	spa_t *spa;
5553 
5554 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5555 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
5556 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5557 		return (NULL);
5558 	}
5559 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
5560 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5561 
5562 	return (spa);
5563 }
5564 
5565 void
5566 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
5567 {
5568 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5569 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
5570 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5571 }
5572 
5573 /*
5574  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5575  */
5576 static void
5577 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
5578 {
5579 	nvlist_t **spares;
5580 	uint_t i, nspares;
5581 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5582 	uint64_t guid;
5583 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
5584 	uint_t vsc;
5585 	uint64_t pool;
5586 
5587 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
5588 
5589 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
5590 		return;
5591 
5592 	nvroot = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
5593 	VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5594 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares));
5595 	if (nspares != 0) {
5596 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares,
5597 		    nspares);
5598 		VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
5599 		    &spares, &nspares));
5600 
5601 		/*
5602 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5603 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
5604 		 * their status appropriately.
5605 		 */
5606 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
5607 			guid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
5608 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID);
5609 			VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(spares[i],
5610 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc));
5611 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
5612 			    pool != 0ULL) {
5613 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
5614 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
5615 			} else {
5616 				vs->vs_state =
5617 				    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_state;
5618 			}
5619 		}
5620 	}
5621 }
5622 
5623 /*
5624  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5625  */
5626 static void
5627 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
5628 {
5629 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
5630 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
5631 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
5632 	uint64_t guid;
5633 	vdev_t *vd;
5634 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
5635 	uint_t vsc;
5636 
5637 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
5638 
5639 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
5640 		return;
5641 
5642 	nvroot = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
5643 	VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5644 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache));
5645 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
5646 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache,
5647 		    nl2cache);
5648 		VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
5649 		    &l2cache, &nl2cache));
5650 
5651 		/*
5652 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5653 		 */
5654 
5655 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
5656 			guid = fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
5657 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID);
5658 
5659 			vd = NULL;
5660 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
5661 				if (guid ==
5662 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
5663 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
5664 					break;
5665 				}
5666 			}
5667 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
5668 
5669 			VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
5670 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc));
5671 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
5672 			vdev_config_generate_stats(vd, l2cache[i]);
5673 
5674 		}
5675 	}
5676 }
5677 
5678 static void
5679 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
5680 {
5681 	zap_cursor_t zc;
5682 	zap_attribute_t za;
5683 
5684 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
5685 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
5686 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
5687 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
5688 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
5689 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5690 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
5691 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
5692 			    za.za_first_integer));
5693 		}
5694 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
5695 	}
5696 
5697 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
5698 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
5699 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
5700 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
5701 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
5702 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5703 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
5704 			VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
5705 			    za.za_first_integer));
5706 		}
5707 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
5708 	}
5709 }
5710 
5711 static void
5712 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *features)
5713 {
5714 	int i;
5715 
5716 	for (i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
5717 		zfeature_info_t feature = spa_feature_table[i];
5718 		uint64_t refcount;
5719 
5720 		if (feature_get_refcount(spa, &feature, &refcount) != 0)
5721 			continue;
5722 
5723 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features, feature.fi_guid, refcount));
5724 	}
5725 }
5726 
5727 /*
5728  * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5729  * config.
5730  *
5731  * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5732  * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5733  * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5734  * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts.  This
5735  * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5736  * clear' can resume the pool.
5737  */
5738 static void
5739 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
5740 {
5741 	nvlist_t *features;
5742 
5743 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
5744 
5745 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
5746 	features = spa->spa_feat_stats;
5747 
5748 	if (features != NULL) {
5749 		spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa, features);
5750 	} else {
5751 		VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP));
5752 		spa->spa_feat_stats = features;
5753 		spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa, features);
5754 	}
5755 
5756 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
5757 	    features));
5758 
5759 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_feat_stats_lock);
5760 }
5761 
5762 int
5763 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
5764     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
5765 {
5766 	int error;
5767 	spa_t *spa;
5768 
5769 	*config = NULL;
5770 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
5771 
5772 	if (spa != NULL) {
5773 		/*
5774 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5775 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5776 		 * self-inconsistent.
5777 		 */
5778 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
5779 
5780 		if (*config != NULL) {
5781 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
5782 
5783 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
5784 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
5785 			fnvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
5786 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2);
5787 
5788 			fnvlist_add_uint64(*config,
5789 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
5790 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa));
5791 
5792 			if (spa_suspended(spa)) {
5793 				fnvlist_add_uint64(*config,
5794 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
5795 				    spa->spa_failmode);
5796 				fnvlist_add_uint64(*config,
5797 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON,
5798 				    spa->spa_suspended);
5799 			}
5800 
5801 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
5802 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
5803 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
5804 		}
5805 	}
5806 
5807 	/*
5808 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5809 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5810 	 */
5811 	if (altroot) {
5812 		if (spa == NULL) {
5813 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5814 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
5815 			if (spa)
5816 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
5817 			else
5818 				altroot[0] = '\0';
5819 			spa = NULL;
5820 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5821 		} else {
5822 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
5823 		}
5824 	}
5825 
5826 	if (spa != NULL) {
5827 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
5828 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5829 	}
5830 
5831 	return (error);
5832 }
5833 
5834 /*
5835  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
5836  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
5837  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5838  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5839  */
5840 static int
5841 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
5842     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
5843     vdev_labeltype_t label)
5844 {
5845 	nvlist_t **dev;
5846 	uint_t i, ndev;
5847 	vdev_t *vd;
5848 	int error;
5849 
5850 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5851 
5852 	/*
5853 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5854 	 */
5855 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
5856 		return (0);
5857 
5858 	if (ndev == 0)
5859 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
5860 
5861 	/*
5862 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5863 	 * device type.
5864 	 */
5865 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
5866 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5867 
5868 	/*
5869 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5870 	 * checking.
5871 	 */
5872 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
5873 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
5874 
5875 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
5876 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
5877 		    mode)) != 0)
5878 			goto out;
5879 
5880 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
5881 			vdev_free(vd);
5882 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5883 			goto out;
5884 		}
5885 
5886 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
5887 
5888 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
5889 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
5890 			fnvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5891 			    vd->vdev_guid);
5892 		}
5893 
5894 		vdev_free(vd);
5895 
5896 		if (error &&
5897 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
5898 			goto out;
5899 		else
5900 			error = 0;
5901 	}
5902 
5903 out:
5904 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
5905 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
5906 	return (error);
5907 }
5908 
5909 static int
5910 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
5911 {
5912 	int error;
5913 
5914 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5915 
5916 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
5917 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
5918 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
5919 		return (error);
5920 	}
5921 
5922 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
5923 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
5924 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
5925 }
5926 
5927 static void
5928 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
5929     const char *config)
5930 {
5931 	int i;
5932 
5933 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
5934 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
5935 		uint_t oldndevs;
5936 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
5937 
5938 		/*
5939 		 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5940 		 * current dev list.
5941 		 */
5942 		VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
5943 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs));
5944 
5945 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5946 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
5947 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
5948 			newdevs[i] = fnvlist_dup(olddevs[i]);
5949 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
5950 			newdevs[i + oldndevs] = fnvlist_dup(devs[i]);
5951 
5952 		fnvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config);
5953 
5954 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, newdevs,
5955 		    ndevs + oldndevs);
5956 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
5957 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
5958 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
5959 	} else {
5960 		/*
5961 		 * Generate a new dev list.
5962 		 */
5963 		sav->sav_config = fnvlist_alloc();
5964 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config, devs, ndevs);
5965 	}
5966 }
5967 
5968 /*
5969  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5970  */
5971 void
5972 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
5973 {
5974 	vdev_t *vd;
5975 	int i;
5976 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
5977 
5978 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
5979 		uint64_t pool;
5980 
5981 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
5982 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
5983 
5984 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
5985 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
5986 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
5987 	}
5988 }
5989 
5990 /*
5991  * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5992  * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5993  */
5994 static int
5995 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp,
5996     boolean_t has_encryption)
5997 {
5998 	if (dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_OFF &&
5999 	    dcp->cp_crypt != ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT &&
6000 	    !has_encryption)
6001 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
6002 
6003 	return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL, dcp, NULL));
6004 }
6005 
6006 /*
6007  * Pool Creation
6008  */
6009 int
6010 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
6011     nvlist_t *zplprops, dsl_crypto_params_t *dcp)
6012 {
6013 	spa_t *spa;
6014 	char *altroot = NULL;
6015 	vdev_t *rvd;
6016 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
6017 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6018 	int error = 0;
6019 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
6020 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
6021 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
6022 	uint64_t version, obj, ndraid = 0;
6023 	boolean_t has_features;
6024 	boolean_t has_encryption;
6025 	boolean_t has_allocclass;
6026 	spa_feature_t feat;
6027 	char *feat_name;
6028 	char *poolname;
6029 	nvlist_t *nvl;
6030 
6031 	if (props == NULL ||
6032 	    nvlist_lookup_string(props, "tname", &poolname) != 0)
6033 		poolname = (char *)pool;
6034 
6035 	/*
6036 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
6037 	 */
6038 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6039 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
6040 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6041 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
6042 	}
6043 
6044 	/*
6045 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
6046 	 */
6047 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
6048 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
6049 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
6050 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
6051 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
6052 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
6053 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
6054 
6055 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
6056 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6057 		spa_remove(spa);
6058 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6059 		return (error);
6060 	}
6061 
6062 	/*
6063 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
6064 	 */
6065 	if (poolname != pool)
6066 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
6067 
6068 	has_features = B_FALSE;
6069 	has_encryption = B_FALSE;
6070 	has_allocclass = B_FALSE;
6071 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
6072 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
6073 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem))) {
6074 			has_features = B_TRUE;
6075 
6076 			feat_name = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
6077 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name, &feat));
6078 			if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION)
6079 				has_encryption = B_TRUE;
6080 			if (feat == SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES)
6081 				has_allocclass = B_TRUE;
6082 		}
6083 	}
6084 
6085 	/* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
6086 	if (dcp != NULL) {
6087 		error = spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp, has_encryption);
6088 		if (error != 0) {
6089 			spa_deactivate(spa);
6090 			spa_remove(spa);
6091 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6092 			return (error);
6093 		}
6094 	}
6095 	if (!has_allocclass && zfs_special_devs(nvroot, NULL)) {
6096 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6097 		spa_remove(spa);
6098 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6099 		return (ENOTSUP);
6100 	}
6101 
6102 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
6103 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
6104 		version = SPA_VERSION;
6105 	}
6106 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
6107 
6108 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
6109 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
6110 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6111 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
6112 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
6113 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state = DSS_NONE;
6114 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_removing_vdev = -1;
6115 	spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev = -1;
6116 	spa->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded = B_TRUE;
6117 
6118 	/*
6119 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
6120 	 */
6121 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
6122 	    KM_SLEEP);
6123 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
6124 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
6125 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
6126 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
6127 	}
6128 
6129 	/*
6130 	 * Create the root vdev.
6131 	 */
6132 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6133 
6134 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
6135 
6136 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
6137 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
6138 
6139 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
6140 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
6141 
6142 	if (error == 0 &&
6143 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
6144 	    (error = vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot, rvd, &ndraid, 0)) == 0 &&
6145 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
6146 		/*
6147 		 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
6148 		 * we can no longer error exit past this point
6149 		 */
6150 		for (int c = 0; error == 0 && c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6151 			vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6152 
6153 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd);
6154 			vdev_expand(vd, txg);
6155 		}
6156 	}
6157 
6158 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6159 
6160 	if (error != 0) {
6161 		spa_unload(spa);
6162 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6163 		spa_remove(spa);
6164 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6165 		return (error);
6166 	}
6167 
6168 	/*
6169 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
6170 	 */
6171 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
6172 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
6173 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = fnvlist_alloc();
6174 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
6175 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares);
6176 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6177 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6178 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6179 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6180 	}
6181 
6182 	/*
6183 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
6184 	 */
6185 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
6186 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
6187 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = fnvlist_alloc();
6188 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
6189 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache);
6190 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6191 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6192 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6193 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6194 	}
6195 
6196 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
6197 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, dcp, txg);
6198 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
6199 
6200 	/*
6201 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
6202 	 */
6203 	ddt_create(spa);
6204 
6205 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
6206 
6207 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6208 
6209 	/*
6210 	 * Create the pool's history object.
6211 	 */
6212 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY && !spa->spa_history)
6213 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
6214 
6215 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
6216 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create", tx);
6217 
6218 	/*
6219 	 * Create the pool config object.
6220 	 */
6221 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6222 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
6223 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
6224 
6225 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6226 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
6227 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
6228 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
6229 	}
6230 
6231 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6232 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
6233 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
6234 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
6235 	}
6236 
6237 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
6238 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6239 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6240 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6241 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6242 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
6243 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
6244 		}
6245 	}
6246 
6247 	/*
6248 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
6249 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
6250 	 * keeps changing.
6251 	 */
6252 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
6253 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
6254 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
6255 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6256 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
6257 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
6258 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
6259 	}
6260 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
6261 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
6262 
6263 	/*
6264 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
6265 	 */
6266 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
6267 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
6268 
6269 	/*
6270 	 * Set pool properties.
6271 	 */
6272 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
6273 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
6274 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
6275 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
6276 	spa->spa_multihost = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST);
6277 	spa->spa_autotrim = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM);
6278 
6279 	if (props != NULL) {
6280 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
6281 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
6282 	}
6283 
6284 	for (int i = 0; i < ndraid; i++)
6285 		spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID, tx);
6286 
6287 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6288 
6289 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
6290 	txg_sync_start(dp);
6291 	mmp_thread_start(spa);
6292 	txg_wait_synced(dp, txg);
6293 
6294 	spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa);
6295 
6296 	spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
6297 
6298 	/*
6299 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
6300 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
6301 	 */
6302 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
6303 	spa->spa_minref = zfs_refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
6304 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
6305 
6306 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6307 
6308 	return (0);
6309 }
6310 
6311 /*
6312  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
6313  */
6314 int
6315 spa_import(char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
6316 {
6317 	spa_t *spa;
6318 	char *altroot = NULL;
6319 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
6320 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
6321 	spa_mode_t mode = spa_mode_global;
6322 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
6323 	int error;
6324 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
6325 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
6326 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
6327 
6328 	/*
6329 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
6330 	 */
6331 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6332 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
6333 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6334 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
6335 	}
6336 
6337 	/*
6338 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6339 	 */
6340 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
6341 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
6342 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
6343 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
6344 	if (readonly)
6345 		mode = SPA_MODE_READ;
6346 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
6347 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
6348 
6349 	/*
6350 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
6351 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
6352 	 */
6353 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
6354 		if (props != NULL)
6355 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
6356 
6357 		spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE, B_FALSE);
6358 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
6359 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool);
6360 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6361 		return (0);
6362 	}
6363 
6364 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
6365 
6366 	/*
6367 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
6368 	 */
6369 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
6370 
6371 	zpool_get_load_policy(config, &policy);
6372 	if (policy.zlp_rewind & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
6373 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
6374 
6375 	spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT;
6376 
6377 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
6378 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
6379 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool);
6380 	} else {
6381 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6382 		    "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
6383 	}
6384 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, policy.zlp_txg, policy.zlp_rewind);
6385 
6386 	/*
6387 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6388 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6389 	 */
6390 	fnvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO, spa->spa_load_info);
6391 
6392 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6393 	/*
6394 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6395 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6396 	 */
6397 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
6398 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
6399 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
6400 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6401 	}
6402 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
6403 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
6404 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
6405 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6406 	}
6407 
6408 	nvroot = fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE);
6409 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6410 
6411 	if (props != NULL)
6412 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
6413 
6414 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
6415 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
6416 		spa_unload(spa);
6417 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6418 		spa_remove(spa);
6419 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6420 		return (error);
6421 	}
6422 
6423 	spa_async_resume(spa);
6424 
6425 	/*
6426 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6427 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6428 	 */
6429 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
6430 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
6431 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
6432 			fnvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
6433 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
6434 		else
6435 			spa->spa_spares.sav_config = fnvlist_alloc();
6436 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
6437 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares);
6438 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6439 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6440 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6441 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6442 	}
6443 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
6444 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
6445 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
6446 			fnvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
6447 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6448 		else
6449 			spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = fnvlist_alloc();
6450 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
6451 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache);
6452 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6453 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6454 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6455 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6456 	}
6457 
6458 	/*
6459 	 * Check for any removed devices.
6460 	 */
6461 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
6462 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
6463 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
6464 	}
6465 
6466 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
6467 		/*
6468 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6469 		 */
6470 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6471 	}
6472 
6473 	/*
6474 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6475 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6476 	 */
6477 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
6478 
6479 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import", NULL);
6480 
6481 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
6482 
6483 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6484 
6485 	zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool);
6486 
6487 	return (0);
6488 }
6489 
6490 nvlist_t *
6491 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
6492 {
6493 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
6494 	char *poolname, *cachefile;
6495 	spa_t *spa;
6496 	uint64_t state;
6497 	int error;
6498 	zpool_load_policy_t policy;
6499 
6500 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
6501 		return (NULL);
6502 
6503 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
6504 		return (NULL);
6505 
6506 	/*
6507 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6508 	 */
6509 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6510 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
6511 	spa_activate(spa, SPA_MODE_READ);
6512 
6513 	/*
6514 	 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6515 	 */
6516 	zpool_get_load_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
6517 	if (policy.zlp_txg != UINT64_MAX) {
6518 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = policy.zlp_txg;
6519 		spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
6520 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6521 		    poolname, (longlong_t)policy.zlp_txg);
6522 	} else {
6523 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname);
6524 	}
6525 
6526 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE, &cachefile)
6527 	    == 0) {
6528 		zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile);
6529 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE;
6530 	} else {
6531 		spa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN;
6532 	}
6533 
6534 	/*
6535 	 * spa_import() relies on a pool config fetched by spa_try_import()
6536 	 * for spare/cache devices. Import flags are not passed to
6537 	 * spa_tryimport(), which makes it return early due to a missing log
6538 	 * device and missing retrieving the cache device and spare eventually.
6539 	 * Passing ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG to spa_tryimport() makes it fetch
6540 	 * the correct configuration regardless of the missing log device.
6541 	 */
6542 	spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG;
6543 
6544 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING);
6545 
6546 	/*
6547 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6548 	 */
6549 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6550 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
6551 		fnvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, poolname);
6552 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, state);
6553 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
6554 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp);
6555 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
6556 		    spa->spa_load_info);
6557 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA,
6558 		    spa->spa_errata);
6559 
6560 		/*
6561 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6562 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6563 		 * pools are bootable.
6564 		 */
6565 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
6566 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6567 
6568 			/*
6569 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
6570 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6571 			 */
6572 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
6573 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
6574 				char *cp;
6575 				char *dsname;
6576 
6577 				dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6578 
6579 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
6580 				if (cp == NULL) {
6581 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
6582 					    MAXPATHLEN);
6583 				} else {
6584 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
6585 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
6586 				}
6587 				fnvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS,
6588 				    dsname);
6589 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
6590 			}
6591 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
6592 		}
6593 
6594 		/*
6595 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6596 		 */
6597 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6598 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
6599 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
6600 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6601 	}
6602 
6603 	spa_unload(spa);
6604 	spa_deactivate(spa);
6605 	spa_remove(spa);
6606 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6607 
6608 	return (config);
6609 }
6610 
6611 /*
6612  * Pool export/destroy
6613  *
6614  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
6615  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
6616  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6617  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6618  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6619  */
6620 static int
6621 spa_export_common(const char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
6622     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
6623 {
6624 	int error;
6625 	spa_t *spa;
6626 
6627 	if (oldconfig)
6628 		*oldconfig = NULL;
6629 
6630 	if (!(spa_mode_global & SPA_MODE_WRITE))
6631 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
6632 
6633 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6634 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
6635 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6636 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
6637 	}
6638 
6639 	if (spa->spa_is_exporting) {
6640 		/* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6641 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6642 		return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS));
6643 	}
6644 	spa->spa_is_exporting = B_TRUE;
6645 
6646 	/*
6647 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6648 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6649 	 */
6650 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6651 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6652 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
6653 	if (spa->spa_zvol_taskq) {
6654 		zvol_remove_minors(spa, spa_name(spa), B_TRUE);
6655 		taskq_wait(spa->spa_zvol_taskq);
6656 	}
6657 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6658 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6659 
6660 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)
6661 		goto export_spa;
6662 	/*
6663 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6664 	 * modify its state.  Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6665 	 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6666 	 */
6667 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
6668 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6669 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
6670 	}
6671 
6672 	/*
6673 	 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6674 	 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6675 	 * fault injection handlers.
6676 	 */
6677 	if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) || (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0)) {
6678 		error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
6679 		goto fail;
6680 	}
6681 
6682 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
6683 		/*
6684 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6685 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6686 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6687 		 * be forcedly exported.
6688 		 */
6689 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
6690 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
6691 			error = SET_ERROR(EXDEV);
6692 			goto fail;
6693 		}
6694 
6695 		/*
6696 		 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6697 		 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6698 		 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6699 		 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6700 		 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6701 		 */
6702 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
6703 			vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6704 			vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE);
6705 			vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
6706 			vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa);
6707 			vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa);
6708 		}
6709 
6710 		/*
6711 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6712 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
6713 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6714 		 */
6715 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
6716 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6717 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
6718 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6719 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6720 		}
6721 
6722 		/*
6723 		 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
6724 		 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
6725 		 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
6726 		 * destroy log space maps and save import time. This has to be
6727 		 * done before we set the spa_final_txg, otherwise
6728 		 * spa_sync() -> spa_flush_metaslabs() may dirty the final TXGs.
6729 		 * spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload() should be called after
6730 		 * spa_state has been set to the new_state.
6731 		 */
6732 		if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa))
6733 			spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa);
6734 
6735 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
6736 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6737 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
6738 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
6739 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
6740 		}
6741 	}
6742 
6743 export_spa:
6744 	if (new_state == POOL_STATE_DESTROYED)
6745 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
6746 	else if (new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED)
6747 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT);
6748 
6749 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6750 		spa_unload(spa);
6751 		spa_deactivate(spa);
6752 	}
6753 
6754 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
6755 		*oldconfig = fnvlist_dup(spa->spa_config);
6756 
6757 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
6758 		if (!hardforce)
6759 			spa_write_cachefile(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE, B_FALSE);
6760 		spa_remove(spa);
6761 	} else {
6762 		/*
6763 		 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6764 		 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6765 		 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6766 		 */
6767 		spa->spa_is_exporting = B_FALSE;
6768 	}
6769 
6770 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6771 	return (0);
6772 
6773 fail:
6774 	spa->spa_is_exporting = B_FALSE;
6775 	spa_async_resume(spa);
6776 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6777 	return (error);
6778 }
6779 
6780 /*
6781  * Destroy a storage pool.
6782  */
6783 int
6784 spa_destroy(const char *pool)
6785 {
6786 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
6787 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6788 }
6789 
6790 /*
6791  * Export a storage pool.
6792  */
6793 int
6794 spa_export(const char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
6795     boolean_t hardforce)
6796 {
6797 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
6798 	    force, hardforce));
6799 }
6800 
6801 /*
6802  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6803  * from the namespace in any way.
6804  */
6805 int
6806 spa_reset(const char *pool)
6807 {
6808 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
6809 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
6810 }
6811 
6812 /*
6813  * ==========================================================================
6814  * Device manipulation
6815  * ==========================================================================
6816  */
6817 
6818 /*
6819  * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
6820  */
6821 static void
6822 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6823 {
6824 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6825 	int draid = (int)(uintptr_t)arg;
6826 
6827 	for (int c = 0; c < draid; c++)
6828 		spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID, tx);
6829 }
6830 
6831 /*
6832  * Add a device to a storage pool.
6833  */
6834 int
6835 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
6836 {
6837 	uint64_t txg, ndraid = 0;
6838 	int error;
6839 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6840 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
6841 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
6842 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
6843 
6844 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
6845 
6846 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
6847 
6848 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
6849 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6850 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
6851 
6852 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6853 
6854 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
6855 	    &nspares) != 0)
6856 		nspares = 0;
6857 
6858 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
6859 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
6860 		nl2cache = 0;
6861 
6862 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
6863 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6864 
6865 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
6866 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0) {
6867 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6868 	}
6869 
6870 	/*
6871 	 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
6872 	 * and the vdev guids are generated.  The guid of their associated
6873 	 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
6874 	 */
6875 	if ((error = vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot, vd, &ndraid,
6876 	    rvd->vdev_children)) == 0) {
6877 		if (ndraid > 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
6878 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) != 0)
6879 			nspares = 0;
6880 	} else {
6881 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6882 	}
6883 
6884 	/*
6885 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6886 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6887 	 */
6888 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
6889 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
6890 
6891 	/*
6892 	 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6893 	 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6894 	 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6895 	 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
6896 	 */
6897 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL ||
6898 	    spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_prev_indirect_vdev != -1) {
6899 		for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6900 			tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6901 			if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL &&
6902 			    tvd->vdev_ashift != spa->spa_max_ashift) {
6903 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6904 			}
6905 			/* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
6906 			if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd) != 0)
6907 				return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
6908 
6909 			/*
6910 			 * Need the top level mirror to be
6911 			 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6912 			 */
6913 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_mirror_ops) {
6914 				for (uint64_t cid = 0;
6915 				    cid < tvd->vdev_children; cid++) {
6916 					vdev_t *cvd = tvd->vdev_child[cid];
6917 					if (!cvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
6918 						return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd,
6919 						    txg, EINVAL));
6920 					}
6921 				}
6922 			}
6923 		}
6924 	}
6925 
6926 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6927 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6928 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
6929 		tvd->vdev_id = rvd->vdev_children;
6930 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
6931 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
6932 	}
6933 
6934 	if (nspares != 0) {
6935 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
6936 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
6937 		spa_load_spares(spa);
6938 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6939 	}
6940 
6941 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
6942 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
6943 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6944 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
6945 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
6946 	}
6947 
6948 	/*
6949 	 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
6950 	 * have to do it in a synctask.
6951 	 */
6952 	if (ndraid != 0) {
6953 		dmu_tx_t *tx;
6954 
6955 		tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
6956 		dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa_draid_feature_incr,
6957 		    (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid, tx);
6958 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6959 	}
6960 
6961 	/*
6962 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6963 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6964 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6965 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6966 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6967 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6968 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6969 	 *
6970 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6971 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6972 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6973 	 */
6974 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
6975 
6976 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6977 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6978 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
6979 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6980 
6981 	return (0);
6982 }
6983 
6984 /*
6985  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
6986  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
6987  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6988  *
6989  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6990  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6991  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6992  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6993  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6994  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6995  * is automatically detached.
6996  *
6997  * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6998  * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction.  From
6999  * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
7000  */
7001 int
7002 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing,
7003     int rebuild)
7004 {
7005 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
7006 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7007 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
7008 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
7009 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
7010 	int newvd_isspare;
7011 	int error;
7012 
7013 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7014 
7015 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
7016 
7017 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
7018 
7019 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7020 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
7021 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
7022 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
7023 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7024 	}
7025 
7026 	if (rebuild) {
7027 		if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD))
7028 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
7029 
7030 		if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)) ||
7031 		    dsl_scan_resilver_scheduled(spa_get_dsl(spa))) {
7032 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg,
7033 			    ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS));
7034 		}
7035 	} else {
7036 		if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd))
7037 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg,
7038 			    ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS));
7039 	}
7040 
7041 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL)
7042 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
7043 
7044 	if (oldvd == NULL)
7045 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
7046 
7047 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7048 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
7049 
7050 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
7051 
7052 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
7053 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
7054 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7055 
7056 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
7057 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
7058 
7059 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
7060 
7061 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7062 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
7063 
7064 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
7065 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
7066 
7067 	/*
7068 	 * log, dedup and special vdevs should not be replaced by spares.
7069 	 */
7070 	if ((oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_alloc_bias != VDEV_BIAS_NONE ||
7071 	    oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog) && newvd->vdev_isspare) {
7072 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7073 	}
7074 
7075 	/*
7076 	 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
7077 	 */
7078 	if (newvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_draid_spare_ops &&
7079 	    oldvd->vdev_top != vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd)) {
7080 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7081 	}
7082 
7083 	if (rebuild) {
7084 		/*
7085 		 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
7086 		 * using only space maps.  This means the only allowable
7087 		 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
7088 		 */
7089 		tvd = pvd;
7090 		if (pvd->vdev_top != NULL)
7091 			tvd = pvd->vdev_top;
7092 
7093 		if (tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
7094 		    tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops &&
7095 		    tvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_draid_ops) {
7096 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7097 		}
7098 	}
7099 
7100 	if (!replacing) {
7101 		/*
7102 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
7103 		 * vdev.
7104 		 */
7105 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
7106 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
7107 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7108 
7109 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
7110 	} else {
7111 		/*
7112 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
7113 		 * spares.
7114 		 */
7115 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
7116 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
7117 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
7118 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7119 
7120 		/*
7121 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
7122 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
7123 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
7124 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
7125 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
7126 		 * non-spare).
7127 		 */
7128 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
7129 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
7130 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7131 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
7132 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
7133 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7134 		}
7135 
7136 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
7137 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
7138 		else
7139 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
7140 	}
7141 
7142 	/*
7143 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
7144 	 */
7145 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
7146 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
7147 
7148 	/*
7149 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
7150 	 * than the top-level vdev.
7151 	 */
7152 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
7153 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
7154 
7155 	/*
7156 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
7157 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
7158 	 */
7159 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
7160 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
7161 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
7162 		    KM_SLEEP);
7163 		(void) snprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
7164 		    "%s/%s", newvd->vdev_path, "old");
7165 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
7166 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
7167 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
7168 		}
7169 	}
7170 
7171 	/*
7172 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
7173 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
7174 	 */
7175 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
7176 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
7177 
7178 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
7179 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
7180 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
7181 
7182 	/*
7183 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
7184 	 */
7185 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
7186 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
7187 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
7188 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
7189 
7190 	/*
7191 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7192 	 */
7193 	vdev_propagate_state(pvd);
7194 
7195 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
7196 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
7197 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
7198 
7199 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
7200 
7201 	/*
7202 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
7203 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
7204 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
7205 	 */
7206 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
7207 
7208 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING,
7209 	    TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
7210 
7211 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
7212 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
7213 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
7214 	}
7215 
7216 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
7217 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
7218 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
7219 
7220 	/*
7221 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
7222 	 */
7223 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
7224 
7225 	/*
7226 	 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
7227 	 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
7228 	 * respective datasets.
7229 	 */
7230 	if (rebuild) {
7231 		newvd->vdev_rebuild_txg = txg;
7232 
7233 		vdev_rebuild(tvd);
7234 	} else {
7235 		newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
7236 
7237 		if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa)) &&
7238 		    spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)) {
7239 			vdev_defer_resilver(newvd);
7240 		} else {
7241 			dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
7242 			    dtl_max_txg);
7243 		}
7244 	}
7245 
7246 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
7247 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
7248 
7249 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
7250 
7251 	/*
7252 	 * Commit the config
7253 	 */
7254 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
7255 
7256 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
7257 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
7258 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
7259 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
7260 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
7261 
7262 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
7263 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
7264 
7265 	return (0);
7266 }
7267 
7268 /*
7269  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
7270  *
7271  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
7272  * is a replacing or a spare vdev.
7273  */
7274 int
7275 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
7276 {
7277 	uint64_t txg;
7278 	int error;
7279 	vdev_t *rvd __maybe_unused = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7280 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
7281 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
7282 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
7283 	char *vdpath;
7284 
7285 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7286 
7287 	txg = spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa, guid);
7288 
7289 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
7290 
7291 	/*
7292 	 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
7293 	 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
7294 	 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
7295 	 *
7296 	 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
7297 	 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
7298 	 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
7299 	 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
7300 	 *
7301 	 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
7302 	 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
7303 	 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
7304 	 */
7305 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7306 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
7307 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
7308 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
7309 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7310 	}
7311 
7312 	if (vd == NULL)
7313 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
7314 
7315 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
7316 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
7317 
7318 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
7319 
7320 	/*
7321 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
7322 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
7323 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
7324 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
7325 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
7326 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
7327 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
7328 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
7329 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
7330 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
7331 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
7332 	 */
7333 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
7334 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
7335 
7336 	/*
7337 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
7338 	 */
7339 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
7340 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
7341 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
7342 
7343 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
7344 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
7345 
7346 	/*
7347 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
7348 	 */
7349 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
7350 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
7351 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
7352 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
7353 
7354 	/*
7355 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
7356 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
7357 	 */
7358 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
7359 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
7360 
7361 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
7362 
7363 	/*
7364 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
7365 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
7366 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
7367 	 */
7368 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
7369 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
7370 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
7371 
7372 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
7373 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
7374 
7375 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
7376 				continue;
7377 
7378 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
7379 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
7380 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
7381 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
7382 				break;
7383 			}
7384 		}
7385 	}
7386 
7387 	/*
7388 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
7389 	 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
7390 	 * from the active spare list for the pool.  dRAID spares on the
7391 	 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
7392 	 * from the spares list.
7393 	 */
7394 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && vd->vdev_id == 0) {
7395 		vdev_t *last_cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
7396 
7397 		if (last_cvd->vdev_isspare &&
7398 		    last_cvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_draid_spare_ops) {
7399 			unspare = B_TRUE;
7400 		}
7401 	}
7402 
7403 	/*
7404 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7405 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7406 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7407 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7408 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7409 	 * it's being detached!
7410 	 */
7411 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
7412 
7413 	/*
7414 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7415 	 */
7416 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
7417 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
7418 
7419 	/*
7420 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7421 	 */
7422 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
7423 
7424 	/*
7425 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7426 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7427 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7428 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
7429 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7430 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7431 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7432 	 */
7433 	if (unspare) {
7434 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
7435 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
7436 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
7437 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
7438 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
7439 	}
7440 
7441 	/*
7442 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7443 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
7444 	 */
7445 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
7446 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
7447 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
7448 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
7449 	}
7450 
7451 	/*
7452 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7453 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7454 	 */
7455 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
7456 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
7457 
7458 	/*
7459 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7460 	 */
7461 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
7462 
7463 	/*
7464 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7465 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7466 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7467 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7468 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7469 	 */
7470 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
7471 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
7472 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
7473 	}
7474 
7475 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
7476 
7477 	/*
7478 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7479 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7480 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7481 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7482 	 */
7483 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path ? vd->vdev_path : "none");
7484 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
7485 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
7486 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
7487 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
7488 
7489 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
7490 	spa_notify_waiters(spa);
7491 
7492 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7493 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
7494 
7495 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
7496 
7497 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
7498 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
7499 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
7500 
7501 	/*
7502 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7503 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7504 	 * list of every other pool.
7505 	 */
7506 	if (unspare) {
7507 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
7508 
7509 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7510 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
7511 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
7512 			    altspa == spa)
7513 				continue;
7514 
7515 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
7516 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7517 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
7518 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7519 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
7520 		}
7521 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7522 
7523 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7524 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
7525 	}
7526 
7527 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7528 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7529 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
7530 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7531 
7532 	return (error);
7533 }
7534 
7535 static int
7536 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
7537     list_t *vd_list)
7538 {
7539 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7540 
7541 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7542 
7543 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7544 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
7545 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
7546 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7547 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
7548 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
7549 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7550 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
7551 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
7552 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7553 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
7554 	}
7555 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7556 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7557 
7558 	/*
7559 	 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7560 	 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7561 	 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7562 	 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7563 	 * the thread is not exited.
7564 	 */
7565 	if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_START &&
7566 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL ||
7567 	    vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
7568 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7569 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7570 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL &&
7571 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE &&
7572 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED)) {
7573 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7574 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
7575 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND &&
7576 	    vd->vdev_initialize_state != VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) {
7577 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7578 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
7579 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_INITIALIZE_UNINIT &&
7580 	    vd->vdev_initialize_thread != NULL) {
7581 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7582 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7583 	}
7584 
7585 	switch (cmd_type) {
7586 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_START:
7587 		vdev_initialize(vd);
7588 		break;
7589 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL:
7590 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED, vd_list);
7591 		break;
7592 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND:
7593 		vdev_initialize_stop(vd, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
7594 		break;
7595 	case POOL_INITIALIZE_UNINIT:
7596 		vdev_uninitialize(vd);
7597 		break;
7598 	default:
7599 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
7600 	}
7601 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_initialize_lock);
7602 
7603 	return (0);
7604 }
7605 
7606 int
7607 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type,
7608     nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
7609 {
7610 	int total_errors = 0;
7611 	list_t vd_list;
7612 
7613 	list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7614 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
7615 
7616 	/*
7617 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7618 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7619 	 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7620 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7621 	 * the initializing operation.
7622 	 */
7623 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7624 
7625 	for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
7626 	    pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
7627 		uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
7628 
7629 		int error = spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
7630 		    &vd_list);
7631 		if (error != 0) {
7632 			char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
7633 
7634 			(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
7635 			    "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
7636 			fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
7637 			total_errors++;
7638 		}
7639 	}
7640 
7641 	/* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7642 	vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
7643 
7644 	/* Sync out the initializing state */
7645 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
7646 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7647 
7648 	list_destroy(&vd_list);
7649 
7650 	return (total_errors);
7651 }
7652 
7653 static int
7654 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t cmd_type,
7655     uint64_t rate, boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, list_t *vd_list)
7656 {
7657 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7658 
7659 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
7660 
7661 	/* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7662 	vdev_t *vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
7663 	if (vd == NULL || vd->vdev_detached) {
7664 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7665 		return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV));
7666 	} else if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || !vdev_is_concrete(vd)) {
7667 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7668 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
7669 	} else if (!vdev_writeable(vd)) {
7670 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7671 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
7672 	} else if (!vd->vdev_has_trim) {
7673 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7674 		return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
7675 	} else if (secure && !vd->vdev_has_securetrim) {
7676 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7677 		return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP));
7678 	}
7679 	mutex_enter(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
7680 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
7681 
7682 	/*
7683 	 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7684 	 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7685 	 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7686 	 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7687 	 */
7688 	if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_START &&
7689 	    (vd->vdev_trim_thread != NULL || vd->vdev_top->vdev_removing)) {
7690 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
7691 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
7692 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_CANCEL &&
7693 	    (vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE &&
7694 	    vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED)) {
7695 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
7696 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
7697 	} else if (cmd_type == POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND &&
7698 	    vd->vdev_trim_state != VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE) {
7699 		mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
7700 		return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH));
7701 	}
7702 
7703 	switch (cmd_type) {
7704 	case POOL_TRIM_START:
7705 		vdev_trim(vd, rate, partial, secure);
7706 		break;
7707 	case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL:
7708 		vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED, vd_list);
7709 		break;
7710 	case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND:
7711 		vdev_trim_stop(vd, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED, vd_list);
7712 		break;
7713 	default:
7714 		panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type);
7715 	}
7716 	mutex_exit(&vd->vdev_trim_lock);
7717 
7718 	return (0);
7719 }
7720 
7721 /*
7722  * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7723  * TRIM threads for each child vdev.  These threads pass over all of the free
7724  * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7725  */
7726 int
7727 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nv, uint64_t cmd_type, uint64_t rate,
7728     boolean_t partial, boolean_t secure, nvlist_t *vdev_errlist)
7729 {
7730 	int total_errors = 0;
7731 	list_t vd_list;
7732 
7733 	list_create(&vd_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7734 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
7735 
7736 	/*
7737 	 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7738 	 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7739 	 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7740 	 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7741 	 * the TRIM operation.
7742 	 */
7743 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7744 
7745 	for (nvpair_t *pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, NULL);
7746 	    pair != NULL; pair = nvlist_next_nvpair(nv, pair)) {
7747 		uint64_t vdev_guid = fnvpair_value_uint64(pair);
7748 
7749 		int error = spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa, vdev_guid, cmd_type,
7750 		    rate, partial, secure, &vd_list);
7751 		if (error != 0) {
7752 			char guid_as_str[MAXNAMELEN];
7753 
7754 			(void) snprintf(guid_as_str, sizeof (guid_as_str),
7755 			    "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid);
7756 			fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist, guid_as_str, error);
7757 			total_errors++;
7758 		}
7759 	}
7760 
7761 	/* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7762 	vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_list);
7763 
7764 	/* Sync out the TRIM state */
7765 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
7766 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7767 
7768 	list_destroy(&vd_list);
7769 
7770 	return (total_errors);
7771 }
7772 
7773 /*
7774  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7775  */
7776 int
7777 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
7778     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
7779 {
7780 	int error = 0;
7781 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
7782 	spa_t *newspa;
7783 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
7784 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
7785 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
7786 	char *altroot = NULL;
7787 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
7788 	boolean_t activate_slog;
7789 
7790 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7791 
7792 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
7793 
7794 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
7795 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT)) {
7796 		error = (spa_has_checkpoint(spa)) ?
7797 		    ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS : ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT;
7798 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7799 	}
7800 
7801 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7802 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
7803 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7804 	error = spa_reset_logs(spa);
7805 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
7806 
7807 	if (activate_slog)
7808 		spa_activate_log(spa);
7809 
7810 	if (error != 0)
7811 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7812 
7813 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
7814 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
7815 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
7816 
7817 	/*
7818 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7819 	 */
7820 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
7821 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
7822 	    &children) != 0)
7823 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7824 
7825 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7826 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
7827 	lastlog = 0;
7828 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
7829 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
7830 
7831 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7832 		if (vd->vdev_islog || (vd->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops &&
7833 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))) {
7834 			if (lastlog == 0)
7835 				lastlog = c;
7836 			continue;
7837 		}
7838 
7839 		lastlog = 0;
7840 	}
7841 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
7842 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7843 
7844 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7845 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
7846 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
7847 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
7848 
7849 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
7850 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
7851 
7852 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7853 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7854 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
7855 
7856 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
7857 		    &is_hole);
7858 
7859 		if (is_hole != 0) {
7860 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
7861 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
7862 				continue;
7863 			} else {
7864 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7865 				break;
7866 			}
7867 		}
7868 
7869 		/* deal with indirect vdevs */
7870 		if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ops ==
7871 		    &vdev_indirect_ops)
7872 			continue;
7873 
7874 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
7875 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
7876 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
7877 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7878 			break;
7879 		}
7880 
7881 		/* look it up in the spa */
7882 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
7883 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
7884 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
7885 			break;
7886 		}
7887 
7888 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7889 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
7890 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
7891 		    !vdev_is_concrete(vml[c]) ||
7892 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
7893 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
7894 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
7895 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
7896 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
7897 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
7898 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
7899 			break;
7900 		}
7901 
7902 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c]) ||
7903 		    vdev_resilver_needed(vml[c], NULL, NULL)) {
7904 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
7905 			break;
7906 		}
7907 
7908 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
7909 		fnvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
7910 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array);
7911 		fnvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
7912 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift);
7913 		fnvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
7914 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize);
7915 		fnvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
7916 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift);
7917 
7918 		/* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7919 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap, !=, 0);
7920 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7921 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP, vml[c]->vdev_leaf_zap));
7922 
7923 		ASSERT3U(vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_top_zap, !=, 0);
7924 		VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c],
7925 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP,
7926 		    vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_top_zap));
7927 	}
7928 
7929 	if (error != 0) {
7930 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
7931 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7932 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
7933 	}
7934 
7935 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
7936 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7937 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
7938 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
7939 	}
7940 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7941 
7942 	/*
7943 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
7944 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7945 	 */
7946 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
7947 	fnvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST, glist, children);
7948 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
7949 
7950 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7951 	fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, nvl);
7952 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
7953 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
7954 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7955 
7956 	/* configure and create the new pool */
7957 	fnvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname);
7958 	fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
7959 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE);
7960 	fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION, spa_version(spa));
7961 	fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, spa->spa_config_txg);
7962 	fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
7963 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL));
7964 	VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS));
7965 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
7966 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
7967 
7968 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
7969 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
7970 	newspa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
7971 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
7972 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
7973 
7974 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7975 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
7976 
7977 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
7978 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
7979 
7980 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
7981 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
7982 
7983 	/*
7984 	 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity.  We set the
7985 	 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7986 	 * once the split has completed.
7987 	 */
7988 	list_t vd_initialize_list;
7989 	list_create(&vd_initialize_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7990 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_initialize_node));
7991 
7992 	list_t vd_trim_list;
7993 	list_create(&vd_trim_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
7994 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_trim_node));
7995 
7996 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
7997 		if (vml[c] != NULL && vml[c]->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops) {
7998 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
7999 			vdev_initialize_stop(vml[c],
8000 			    VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE, &vd_initialize_list);
8001 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_initialize_lock);
8002 
8003 			mutex_enter(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
8004 			vdev_trim_stop(vml[c], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE, &vd_trim_list);
8005 			mutex_exit(&vml[c]->vdev_trim_lock);
8006 		}
8007 	}
8008 
8009 	vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa, &vd_initialize_list);
8010 	vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa, &vd_trim_list);
8011 
8012 	list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list);
8013 	list_destroy(&vd_trim_list);
8014 
8015 	newspa->spa_config_source = SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT;
8016 	newspa->spa_is_splitting = B_TRUE;
8017 
8018 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
8019 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE);
8020 	if (error)
8021 		goto out;
8022 
8023 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
8024 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
8025 		newspa->spa_config_splitting = fnvlist_alloc();
8026 		fnvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
8027 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa));
8028 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
8029 		    B_TRUE));
8030 	}
8031 
8032 	/* set the props */
8033 	if (props != NULL) {
8034 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
8035 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
8036 		if (error)
8037 			goto out;
8038 	}
8039 
8040 	/* flush everything */
8041 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
8042 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
8043 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
8044 
8045 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
8046 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
8047 
8048 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
8049 
8050 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
8051 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
8052 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
8053 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
8054 	if (error != 0)
8055 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
8056 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8057 		if (vml[c] != NULL && vml[c]->vdev_ops != &vdev_indirect_ops) {
8058 			vdev_t *tvd = vml[c]->vdev_top;
8059 
8060 			/*
8061 			 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
8062 			 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
8063 			 * from being accessed after it's freed.
8064 			 */
8065 			for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++) {
8066 				(void) txg_list_remove_this(
8067 				    &tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vml[c], t);
8068 			}
8069 
8070 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
8071 			if (error == 0)
8072 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
8073 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
8074 
8075 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
8076 		}
8077 	}
8078 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD;
8079 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8080 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
8081 	nvlist_free(nvl);
8082 	if (error == 0)
8083 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
8084 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
8085 
8086 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
8087 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
8088 
8089 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
8090 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
8091 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
8092 
8093 	newspa->spa_is_splitting = B_FALSE;
8094 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
8095 
8096 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
8097 	if (exp)
8098 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
8099 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
8100 
8101 	return (error);
8102 
8103 out:
8104 	spa_unload(newspa);
8105 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
8106 	spa_remove(newspa);
8107 
8108 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
8109 
8110 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
8111 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
8112 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
8113 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
8114 	}
8115 
8116 	/* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
8117 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART);
8118 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART);
8119 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
8120 
8121 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8122 
8123 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
8124 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
8125 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
8126 
8127 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
8128 	return (error);
8129 }
8130 
8131 /*
8132  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
8133  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
8134  */
8135 static vdev_t *
8136 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
8137 {
8138 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
8139 
8140 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
8141 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
8142 		if (oldvd != NULL)
8143 			return (oldvd);
8144 	}
8145 
8146 	/*
8147 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
8148 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
8149 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
8150 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
8151 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
8152 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
8153 	 */
8154 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
8155 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
8156 
8157 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
8158 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
8159 
8160 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
8161 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
8162 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
8163 			return (oldvd);
8164 	}
8165 
8166 	/*
8167 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
8168 	 * Also potentially update faulted state.
8169 	 */
8170 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
8171 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
8172 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
8173 
8174 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
8175 			oldvd = first;
8176 			newvd = last;
8177 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
8178 			oldvd = last;
8179 			newvd = first;
8180 		} else {
8181 			oldvd = NULL;
8182 		}
8183 
8184 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
8185 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
8186 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
8187 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
8188 			return (oldvd);
8189 
8190 		vdev_propagate_state(vd);
8191 
8192 		/*
8193 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
8194 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
8195 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
8196 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
8197 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
8198 		 */
8199 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
8200 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
8201 
8202 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
8203 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
8204 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
8205 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
8206 				return (newvd);
8207 		}
8208 	}
8209 
8210 	return (NULL);
8211 }
8212 
8213 static void
8214 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
8215 {
8216 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
8217 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
8218 
8219 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8220 
8221 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
8222 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
8223 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
8224 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
8225 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
8226 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
8227 		sguid = 0;
8228 		/*
8229 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
8230 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
8231 		 * spare) as well.
8232 		 */
8233 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
8234 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
8235 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
8236 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
8237 		}
8238 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
8239 
8240 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8241 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
8242 			return;
8243 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
8244 			return;
8245 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
8246 	}
8247 
8248 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
8249 
8250 	/*
8251 	 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
8252 	 * been notified.  In which case we must do so now.
8253 	 */
8254 	spa_notify_waiters(spa);
8255 }
8256 
8257 /*
8258  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
8259  */
8260 static int
8261 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
8262     boolean_t ispath)
8263 {
8264 	vdev_t *vd;
8265 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
8266 
8267 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
8268 
8269 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
8270 
8271 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
8272 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
8273 
8274 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
8275 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
8276 
8277 	if (ispath) {
8278 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
8279 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
8280 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
8281 			sync = B_TRUE;
8282 		}
8283 	} else {
8284 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
8285 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
8286 			sync = B_TRUE;
8287 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
8288 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
8289 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
8290 			sync = B_TRUE;
8291 		}
8292 	}
8293 
8294 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
8295 }
8296 
8297 int
8298 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
8299 {
8300 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
8301 }
8302 
8303 int
8304 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
8305 {
8306 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
8307 }
8308 
8309 /*
8310  * ==========================================================================
8311  * SPA Scanning
8312  * ==========================================================================
8313  */
8314 int
8315 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t *spa, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd)
8316 {
8317 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
8318 
8319 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
8320 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
8321 
8322 	return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa->spa_dsl_pool, cmd));
8323 }
8324 
8325 int
8326 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
8327 {
8328 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
8329 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
8330 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
8331 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
8332 }
8333 
8334 int
8335 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
8336 {
8337 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
8338 
8339 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
8340 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
8341 
8342 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
8343 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER))
8344 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
8345 
8346 	/*
8347 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
8348 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
8349 	 */
8350 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
8351 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
8352 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
8353 		return (0);
8354 	}
8355 
8356 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
8357 }
8358 
8359 /*
8360  * ==========================================================================
8361  * SPA async task processing
8362  * ==========================================================================
8363  */
8364 
8365 static void
8366 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
8367 {
8368 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
8369 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
8370 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
8371 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
8372 
8373 		/*
8374 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
8375 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
8376 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
8377 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
8378 		 */
8379 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
8380 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
8381 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
8382 
8383 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
8384 
8385 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
8386 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
8387 	}
8388 
8389 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
8390 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
8391 }
8392 
8393 static void
8394 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
8395 {
8396 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
8397 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
8398 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
8399 	}
8400 
8401 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
8402 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
8403 }
8404 
8405 static void
8406 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
8407 {
8408 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
8409 		return;
8410 
8411 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
8412 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
8413 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
8414 	}
8415 
8416 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
8417 		return;
8418 
8419 	spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND);
8420 }
8421 
8422 static void
8423 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
8424 {
8425 	spa_t *spa = (spa_t *)arg;
8426 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
8427 	int tasks;
8428 
8429 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
8430 
8431 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8432 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
8433 	spa->spa_async_tasks = 0;
8434 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8435 
8436 	/*
8437 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8438 	 */
8439 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
8440 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
8441 
8442 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8443 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
8444 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
8445 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
8446 		old_space += metaslab_class_get_space(
8447 		    spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
8448 
8449 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
8450 
8451 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
8452 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa));
8453 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa));
8454 		new_space += metaslab_class_get_space(
8455 		    spa_embedded_log_class(spa));
8456 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8457 
8458 		/*
8459 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8460 		 * then log an internal history event.
8461 		 */
8462 		if (new_space != old_space) {
8463 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
8464 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8465 			    spa_name(spa), (u_longlong_t)new_space,
8466 			    (u_longlong_t)(new_space - old_space));
8467 		}
8468 	}
8469 
8470 	/*
8471 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8472 	 */
8473 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
8474 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
8475 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
8476 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
8477 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
8478 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
8479 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
8480 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
8481 	}
8482 
8483 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
8484 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8485 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
8486 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8487 	}
8488 
8489 	/*
8490 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8491 	 */
8492 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
8493 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
8494 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
8495 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
8496 	}
8497 
8498 	/*
8499 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8500 	 */
8501 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE ||
8502 	    tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE ||
8503 	    tasks & SPA_ASYNC_DETACH_SPARE) {
8504 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
8505 	}
8506 
8507 	/*
8508 	 * Kick off a resilver.
8509 	 */
8510 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER &&
8511 	    !vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev) &&
8512 	    (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp) ||
8513 	    !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp->dp_spa, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER)))
8514 		dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp, 0);
8515 
8516 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART) {
8517 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8518 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8519 		vdev_initialize_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8520 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8521 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8522 	}
8523 
8524 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART) {
8525 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8526 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8527 		vdev_trim_restart(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8528 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8529 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8530 	}
8531 
8532 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART) {
8533 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8534 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8535 		vdev_autotrim_restart(spa);
8536 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8537 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8538 	}
8539 
8540 	/*
8541 	 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8542 	 */
8543 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM) {
8544 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8545 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
8546 		vdev_trim_l2arc(spa);
8547 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
8548 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8549 	}
8550 
8551 	/*
8552 	 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8553 	 */
8554 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD) {
8555 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
8556 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG, RW_READER);
8557 		l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa);
8558 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_L2ARC, FTAG);
8559 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
8560 	}
8561 
8562 	/*
8563 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
8564 	 */
8565 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8566 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
8567 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
8568 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8569 	thread_exit();
8570 }
8571 
8572 void
8573 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
8574 {
8575 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8576 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
8577 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL)
8578 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
8579 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8580 
8581 	spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa);
8582 
8583 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
8584 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
8585 		zthr_cancel(condense_thread);
8586 
8587 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
8588 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
8589 		zthr_cancel(discard_thread);
8590 
8591 	zthr_t *ll_delete_thread = spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr;
8592 	if (ll_delete_thread != NULL)
8593 		zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread);
8594 
8595 	zthr_t *ll_condense_thread = spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr;
8596 	if (ll_condense_thread != NULL)
8597 		zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread);
8598 }
8599 
8600 void
8601 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
8602 {
8603 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8604 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
8605 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
8606 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8607 	spa_restart_removal(spa);
8608 
8609 	zthr_t *condense_thread = spa->spa_condense_zthr;
8610 	if (condense_thread != NULL)
8611 		zthr_resume(condense_thread);
8612 
8613 	zthr_t *discard_thread = spa->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr;
8614 	if (discard_thread != NULL)
8615 		zthr_resume(discard_thread);
8616 
8617 	zthr_t *ll_delete_thread = spa->spa_livelist_delete_zthr;
8618 	if (ll_delete_thread != NULL)
8619 		zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread);
8620 
8621 	zthr_t *ll_condense_thread = spa->spa_livelist_condense_zthr;
8622 	if (ll_condense_thread != NULL)
8623 		zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread);
8624 }
8625 
8626 static boolean_t
8627 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
8628 {
8629 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
8630 	uint_t config_task;
8631 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
8632 
8633 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
8634 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
8635 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
8636 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
8637 	} else {
8638 		config_task_suspended =
8639 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
8640 		    ((hrtime_t)zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
8641 	}
8642 
8643 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
8644 }
8645 
8646 static void
8647 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
8648 {
8649 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8650 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
8651 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
8652 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL)
8653 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
8654 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
8655 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8656 }
8657 
8658 void
8659 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
8660 {
8661 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
8662 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8663 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
8664 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
8665 }
8666 
8667 int
8668 spa_async_tasks(spa_t *spa)
8669 {
8670 	return (spa->spa_async_tasks);
8671 }
8672 
8673 /*
8674  * ==========================================================================
8675  * SPA syncing routines
8676  * ==========================================================================
8677  */
8678 
8679 
8680 static int
8681 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
8682     dmu_tx_t *tx)
8683 {
8684 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
8685 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, bp_freed, tx);
8686 	return (0);
8687 }
8688 
8689 int
8690 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8691 {
8692 	return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg, bp, B_FALSE, tx));
8693 }
8694 
8695 int
8696 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8697 {
8698 	return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg, bp, B_TRUE, tx));
8699 }
8700 
8701 static int
8702 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8703 {
8704 	zio_t *pio = arg;
8705 
8706 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio, pio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
8707 	    pio->io_flags));
8708 	return (0);
8709 }
8710 
8711 static int
8712 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, boolean_t bp_freed,
8713     dmu_tx_t *tx)
8714 {
8715 	ASSERT(!bp_freed);
8716 	return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg, bp, tx));
8717 }
8718 
8719 /*
8720  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8721  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8722  */
8723 static void
8724 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8725 {
8726 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
8727 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
8728 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
8729 }
8730 
8731 /*
8732  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8733  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8734  */
8735 static void
8736 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8737 {
8738 	if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
8739 		return;
8740 
8741 	/*
8742 	 * Note:
8743 	 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8744 	 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8745 	 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8746 	 * not have any entries.
8747 	 *
8748 	 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8749 	 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8750 	 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8751 	 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8752 	 */
8753 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
8754 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
8755 	    bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
8756 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
8757 }
8758 
8759 static void
8760 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8761 {
8762 	char *packed = NULL;
8763 	size_t bufsize;
8764 	size_t nvsize = 0;
8765 	dmu_buf_t *db;
8766 
8767 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
8768 
8769 	/*
8770 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8771 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8772 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8773 	 */
8774 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
8775 	packed = vmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
8776 
8777 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
8778 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
8779 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
8780 
8781 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
8782 
8783 	vmem_free(packed, bufsize);
8784 
8785 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
8786 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
8787 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
8788 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
8789 }
8790 
8791 static void
8792 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
8793     const char *config, const char *entry)
8794 {
8795 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
8796 	nvlist_t **list;
8797 	int i;
8798 
8799 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
8800 		return;
8801 
8802 	/*
8803 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8804 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8805 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8806 	 */
8807 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
8808 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8809 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
8810 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
8811 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8812 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8813 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
8814 	}
8815 
8816 	nvroot = fnvlist_alloc();
8817 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
8818 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0);
8819 	} else {
8820 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
8821 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8822 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
8823 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
8824 		fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list, sav->sav_count);
8825 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
8826 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
8827 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
8828 	}
8829 
8830 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
8831 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
8832 
8833 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
8834 }
8835 
8836 /*
8837  * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8838  * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8839  */
8840 static void
8841 spa_avz_build(vdev_t *vd, uint64_t avz, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8842 {
8843 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
8844 
8845 	if (vd->vdev_top_zap != 0) {
8846 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
8847 		    vd->vdev_top_zap, tx));
8848 	}
8849 	if (vd->vdev_leaf_zap != 0) {
8850 		VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, avz,
8851 		    vd->vdev_leaf_zap, tx));
8852 	}
8853 	for (uint64_t i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
8854 		spa_avz_build(vd->vdev_child[i], avz, tx);
8855 	}
8856 }
8857 
8858 static void
8859 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8860 {
8861 	nvlist_t *config;
8862 
8863 	/*
8864 	 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8865 	 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8866 	 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8867 	 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8868 	 */
8869 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list) &&
8870 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE)
8871 		return;
8872 
8873 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
8874 
8875 	ASSERT(spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_NONE ||
8876 	    spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE ||
8877 	    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps != 0);
8878 
8879 	if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD) {
8880 		/* Make and build the new AVZ */
8881 		uint64_t new_avz = zap_create(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8882 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_OT_NONE, 0, tx);
8883 		spa_avz_build(spa->spa_root_vdev, new_avz, tx);
8884 
8885 		/* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8886 		zap_cursor_t zc;
8887 		zap_attribute_t za;
8888 
8889 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
8890 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
8891 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
8892 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
8893 			uint64_t vdzap = za.za_first_integer;
8894 			if (zap_lookup_int(spa->spa_meta_objset, new_avz,
8895 			    vdzap) == ENOENT) {
8896 				/*
8897 				 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8898 				 * destroy it
8899 				 */
8900 				VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, vdzap,
8901 				    tx));
8902 			}
8903 		}
8904 
8905 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8906 
8907 		/* Destroy the old AVZ */
8908 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8909 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8910 
8911 		/* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8912 		VERIFY0(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8913 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP,
8914 		    sizeof (new_avz), 1, &new_avz, tx));
8915 
8916 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = new_avz;
8917 	} else if (spa->spa_avz_action == AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY) {
8918 		zap_cursor_t zc;
8919 		zap_attribute_t za;
8920 
8921 		/* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8922 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
8923 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps);
8924 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
8925 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
8926 			uint64_t zap = za.za_first_integer;
8927 			VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset, zap, tx));
8928 		}
8929 
8930 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
8931 
8932 		/* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8933 		VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8934 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, tx));
8935 		VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8936 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx));
8937 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = 0;
8938 	}
8939 
8940 	if (spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps == 0) {
8941 		spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps = zap_create_link(spa->spa_meta_objset,
8942 		    DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
8943 		    DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP, tx);
8944 	}
8945 	spa->spa_avz_action = AVZ_ACTION_NONE;
8946 
8947 	/* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8948 	vdev_construct_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev, tx);
8949 
8950 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
8951 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
8952 
8953 	/*
8954 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8955 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8956 	 */
8957 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
8958 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
8959 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
8960 
8961 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
8962 
8963 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
8964 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
8965 
8966 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
8967 }
8968 
8969 static void
8970 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8971 {
8972 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
8973 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
8974 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8975 
8976 	/*
8977 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8978 	 */
8979 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
8980 
8981 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
8982 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
8983 
8984 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
8985 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
8986 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld",
8987 	    (longlong_t)version);
8988 }
8989 
8990 /*
8991  * Set zpool properties.
8992  */
8993 static void
8994 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
8995 {
8996 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
8997 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
8998 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
8999 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
9000 
9001 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
9002 
9003 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
9004 		uint64_t intval;
9005 		char *strval, *fname;
9006 		zpool_prop_t prop;
9007 		const char *propname;
9008 		zprop_type_t proptype;
9009 		spa_feature_t fid;
9010 
9011 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
9012 		case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL:
9013 			/*
9014 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
9015 			 */
9016 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
9017 
9018 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
9019 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
9020 
9021 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
9022 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
9023 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
9024 			break;
9025 
9026 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
9027 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
9028 			/*
9029 			 * The version is synced separately before other
9030 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
9031 			 */
9032 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
9033 			break;
9034 
9035 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
9036 			/*
9037 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
9038 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
9039 			 */
9040 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
9041 			break;
9042 
9043 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
9044 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
9045 			/*
9046 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
9047 			 * properties.
9048 			 */
9049 			break;
9050 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
9051 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
9052 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
9053 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
9054 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
9055 			/*
9056 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
9057 			 * so that their labels get updated.  We also need to
9058 			 * update the cache file to keep it in sync with the
9059 			 * MOS version. It's unnecessary to do this for pool
9060 			 * creation since the vdev's configuration has already
9061 			 * been dirtied.
9062 			 */
9063 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) {
9064 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
9065 				spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
9066 			}
9067 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
9068 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
9069 			break;
9070 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY:
9071 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
9072 			if (spa->spa_compatibility != NULL)
9073 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_compatibility);
9074 			spa->spa_compatibility = spa_strdup(strval);
9075 			/*
9076 			 * Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
9077 			 */
9078 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL) {
9079 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
9080 				spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
9081 			}
9082 
9083 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
9084 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
9085 			break;
9086 
9087 		default:
9088 			/*
9089 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
9090 			 */
9091 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
9092 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
9093 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
9094 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
9095 				    tx);
9096 			}
9097 
9098 			/* normalize the property name */
9099 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
9100 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
9101 
9102 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
9103 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
9104 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
9105 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
9106 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
9107 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
9108 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
9109 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
9110 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
9111 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
9112 
9113 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
9114 					const char *unused;
9115 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
9116 					    prop, intval, &unused));
9117 				}
9118 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
9119 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
9120 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
9121 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
9122 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem),
9123 				    (longlong_t)intval);
9124 			} else {
9125 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
9126 			}
9127 
9128 			switch (prop) {
9129 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
9130 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
9131 				break;
9132 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
9133 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
9134 				break;
9135 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
9136 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
9137 				break;
9138 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM:
9139 				spa->spa_autotrim = intval;
9140 				spa_async_request(spa,
9141 				    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART);
9142 				break;
9143 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
9144 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
9145 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
9146 					spa_async_request(spa,
9147 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
9148 				break;
9149 			case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST:
9150 				spa->spa_multihost = intval;
9151 				break;
9152 			default:
9153 				break;
9154 			}
9155 		}
9156 
9157 	}
9158 
9159 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
9160 }
9161 
9162 /*
9163  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
9164  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
9165  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
9166  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
9167  * tasks.
9168  */
9169 static void
9170 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
9171 {
9172 	if (spa_sync_pass(spa) != 1)
9173 		return;
9174 
9175 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
9176 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
9177 
9178 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
9179 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
9180 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
9181 
9182 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
9183 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
9184 	}
9185 
9186 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
9187 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
9188 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
9189 	}
9190 
9191 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
9192 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
9193 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
9194 
9195 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
9196 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
9197 	}
9198 
9199 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
9200 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
9201 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
9202 	}
9203 
9204 	/*
9205 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
9206 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
9207 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
9208 	 * this feature active
9209 	 */
9210 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
9211 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
9212 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
9213 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
9214 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
9215 
9216 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
9217 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
9218 	}
9219 
9220 	/*
9221 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
9222 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
9223 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
9224 	 */
9225 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
9226 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
9227 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
9228 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
9229 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
9230 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
9231 	}
9232 
9233 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
9234 }
9235 
9236 static void
9237 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t *vd)
9238 {
9239 	vdev_indirect_mapping_t *vim __maybe_unused = vd->vdev_indirect_mapping;
9240 	vdev_indirect_births_t *vib __maybe_unused = vd->vdev_indirect_births;
9241 
9242 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops) {
9243 		ASSERT(vim != NULL);
9244 		ASSERT(vib != NULL);
9245 	}
9246 
9247 	uint64_t obsolete_sm_object = 0;
9248 	ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd, &obsolete_sm_object));
9249 	if (obsolete_sm_object != 0) {
9250 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm != NULL);
9251 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_removing ||
9252 		    vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_indirect_ops);
9253 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim) > 0);
9254 		ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim) > 0);
9255 		ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object, ==,
9256 		    space_map_object(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
9257 		ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim), >=,
9258 		    space_map_allocated(vd->vdev_obsolete_sm));
9259 	}
9260 	ASSERT(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments != NULL);
9261 
9262 	/*
9263 	 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
9264 	 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
9265 	 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
9266 	 */
9267 	ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd->vdev_obsolete_segments));
9268 }
9269 
9270 /*
9271  * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
9272  * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
9273  * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
9274  */
9275 static void
9276 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t *spa)
9277 {
9278 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
9279 
9280 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9281 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
9282 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
9283 	metaslab_class_t *normal = spa_normal_class(spa);
9284 	metaslab_class_t *special = spa_special_class(spa);
9285 	metaslab_class_t *dedup = spa_dedup_class(spa);
9286 
9287 	uint64_t slots_per_allocator = 0;
9288 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
9289 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
9290 
9291 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
9292 		if (mg == NULL || !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
9293 			continue;
9294 
9295 		metaslab_class_t *mc = mg->mg_class;
9296 		if (mc != normal && mc != special && mc != dedup)
9297 			continue;
9298 
9299 		/*
9300 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
9301 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
9302 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
9303 		 */
9304 		for (int i = 0; i < mg->mg_allocators; i++) {
9305 			ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
9306 			    &(mg->mg_allocator[i].mga_alloc_queue_depth)));
9307 		}
9308 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
9309 
9310 		for (int i = 0; i < mg->mg_allocators; i++) {
9311 			mg->mg_allocator[i].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth =
9312 			    zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
9313 		}
9314 		slots_per_allocator += zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth;
9315 	}
9316 
9317 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
9318 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal->mc_allocator[i].
9319 		    mca_alloc_slots));
9320 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special->mc_allocator[i].
9321 		    mca_alloc_slots));
9322 		ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup->mc_allocator[i].
9323 		    mca_alloc_slots));
9324 		normal->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
9325 		    slots_per_allocator;
9326 		special->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
9327 		    slots_per_allocator;
9328 		dedup->mc_allocator[i].mca_alloc_max_slots =
9329 		    slots_per_allocator;
9330 	}
9331 	normal->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
9332 	special->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
9333 	dedup->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
9334 }
9335 
9336 static void
9337 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
9338 {
9339 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
9340 
9341 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9342 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
9343 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
9344 		vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd);
9345 
9346 		if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd)) {
9347 			spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd, tx);
9348 			break;
9349 		}
9350 	}
9351 }
9352 
9353 static void
9354 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
9355 {
9356 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
9357 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
9358 	uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
9359 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
9360 
9361 	do {
9362 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
9363 
9364 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
9365 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
9366 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
9367 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
9368 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
9369 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
9370 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
9371 
9372 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free ||
9373 		    spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP)) {
9374 			/*
9375 			 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
9376 			 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
9377 			 * as the log space map should effectively have the
9378 			 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
9379 			 */
9380 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
9381 		} else {
9382 			/*
9383 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
9384 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
9385 			 */
9386 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
9387 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb,
9388 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
9389 		}
9390 
9391 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
9392 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
9393 		svr_sync(spa, tx);
9394 		spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
9395 
9396 		spa_flush_metaslabs(spa, tx);
9397 
9398 		vdev_t *vd = NULL;
9399 		while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
9400 		    != NULL)
9401 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
9402 
9403 		/*
9404 		 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
9405 		 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
9406 		 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
9407 		 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
9408 		 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
9409 		 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
9410 		 * don't want to rely on that here).
9411 		 */
9412 		if (pass == 1 &&
9413 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
9414 		    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
9415 			/*
9416 			 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
9417 			 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
9418 			 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
9419 			 */
9420 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
9421 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
9422 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
9423 			ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_early_sync_tasks, txg));
9424 			break;
9425 		}
9426 
9427 		spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
9428 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
9429 }
9430 
9431 /*
9432  * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
9433  * commit the transaction group.
9434  *
9435  * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
9436  * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
9437  * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
9438  * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9439  */
9440 static void
9441 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
9442 {
9443 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9444 	uint64_t txg = tx->tx_txg;
9445 
9446 	for (;;) {
9447 		int error = 0;
9448 
9449 		/*
9450 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9451 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9452 		 */
9453 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
9454 
9455 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
9456 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS] = { NULL };
9457 			int svdcount = 0;
9458 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
9459 			int c0 = random_in_range(children);
9460 
9461 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
9462 				vdev_t *vd =
9463 				    rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
9464 
9465 				/* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9466 				if (c > 0 && svd[0] == vd)
9467 					break;
9468 
9469 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 ||
9470 				    vd->vdev_islog ||
9471 				    !vdev_is_concrete(vd))
9472 					continue;
9473 
9474 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
9475 				if (svdcount == SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS)
9476 					break;
9477 			}
9478 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
9479 		} else {
9480 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
9481 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
9482 		}
9483 
9484 		if (error == 0)
9485 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
9486 
9487 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9488 
9489 		if (error == 0)
9490 			break;
9491 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR);
9492 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
9493 	}
9494 }
9495 
9496 /*
9497  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
9498  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9499  */
9500 void
9501 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
9502 {
9503 	vdev_t *vd = NULL;
9504 
9505 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
9506 
9507 	/*
9508 	 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9509 	 * before this txg syncs.
9510 	 */
9511 	(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK]);
9512 	spa->spa_txg_zio[txg & TXG_MASK] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
9513 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL);
9514 
9515 	/*
9516 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
9517 	 */
9518 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
9519 
9520 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
9521 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
9522 
9523 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
9524 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_lock);
9525 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_tree));
9526 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_lock);
9527 	}
9528 
9529 	/*
9530 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9531 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9532 	 */
9533 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
9534 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
9535 		/*
9536 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9537 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9538 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9539 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9540 		 * into the root vdev tree.
9541 		 */
9542 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9543 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
9544 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
9545 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
9546 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
9547 		}
9548 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9549 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
9550 	}
9551 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9552 
9553 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
9554 	dmu_tx_t *tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
9555 
9556 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
9557 	taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
9558 	spa->spa_deadman_tqid = taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq,
9559 	    spa_deadman, spa, TQ_SLEEP, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9560 	    NSEC_TO_TICK(spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
9561 
9562 	/*
9563 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9564 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9565 	 */
9566 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
9567 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
9568 		vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9569 
9570 		int i;
9571 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
9572 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
9573 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
9574 				break;
9575 		}
9576 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
9577 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
9578 			VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
9579 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
9580 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
9581 		}
9582 	}
9583 
9584 	spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa);
9585 
9586 	spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa, tx);
9587 
9588 	spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa, tx);
9589 
9590 #ifdef ZFS_DEBUG
9591 	if (!list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
9592 	/*
9593 	 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9594 	 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9595 	 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9596 	 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9597 	 * spa_sync_config_object.
9598 	 */
9599 		uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count;
9600 		ASSERT0(zap_count(spa->spa_meta_objset,
9601 		    spa->spa_all_vdev_zaps, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count));
9602 		ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa->spa_root_vdev), ==,
9603 		    all_vdev_zap_entry_count);
9604 	}
9605 #endif
9606 
9607 	if (spa->spa_vdev_removal != NULL) {
9608 		ASSERT0(spa->spa_vdev_removal->svr_bytes_done[txg & TXG_MASK]);
9609 	}
9610 
9611 	spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa, tx);
9612 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
9613 
9614 	taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq, spa->spa_deadman_tqid);
9615 	spa->spa_deadman_tqid = 0;
9616 
9617 	/*
9618 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
9619 	 */
9620 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
9621 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
9622 
9623 	/*
9624 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9625 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9626 	 */
9627 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
9628 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
9629 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
9630 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
9631 	}
9632 
9633 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
9634 
9635 	for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_alloc_count; i++) {
9636 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_lock);
9637 		VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_tree));
9638 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_allocs[i].spaa_lock);
9639 	}
9640 
9641 	/*
9642 	 * Update usable space statistics.
9643 	 */
9644 	while ((vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
9645 	    != NULL)
9646 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
9647 
9648 	metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_normal_class, txg);
9649 	metaslab_class_evict_old(spa->spa_log_class, txg);
9650 
9651 	spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa);
9652 
9653 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
9654 
9655 	/*
9656 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9657 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
9658 	 */
9659 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
9660 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
9661 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
9662 
9663 	while (zfs_pause_spa_sync)
9664 		delay(1);
9665 
9666 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
9667 
9668 	/*
9669 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9670 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9671 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9672 	 * that txg has been completed.
9673 	 */
9674 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
9675 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
9676 
9677 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
9678 
9679 	/*
9680 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9681 	 */
9682 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
9683 }
9684 
9685 /*
9686  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9687  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9688  * sync.
9689  */
9690 void
9691 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9692 {
9693 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
9694 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
9695 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
9696 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
9697 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
9698 			continue;
9699 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
9700 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
9701 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
9702 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
9703 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
9704 	}
9705 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
9706 }
9707 
9708 /*
9709  * ==========================================================================
9710  * Miscellaneous routines
9711  * ==========================================================================
9712  */
9713 
9714 /*
9715  * Remove all pools in the system.
9716  */
9717 void
9718 spa_evict_all(void)
9719 {
9720 	spa_t *spa;
9721 
9722 	/*
9723 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
9724 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9725 	 */
9726 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
9727 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
9728 		/*
9729 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
9730 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9731 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9732 		 */
9733 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
9734 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
9735 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
9736 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
9737 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
9738 
9739 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
9740 			spa_unload(spa);
9741 			spa_deactivate(spa);
9742 		}
9743 		spa_remove(spa);
9744 	}
9745 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
9746 }
9747 
9748 vdev_t *
9749 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
9750 {
9751 	vdev_t *vd;
9752 	int i;
9753 
9754 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
9755 		return (vd);
9756 
9757 	if (aux) {
9758 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
9759 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
9760 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
9761 				return (vd);
9762 		}
9763 
9764 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
9765 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
9766 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
9767 				return (vd);
9768 		}
9769 	}
9770 
9771 	return (NULL);
9772 }
9773 
9774 void
9775 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
9776 {
9777 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
9778 
9779 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
9780 
9781 	/*
9782 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9783 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9784 	 * possible.
9785 	 */
9786 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
9787 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
9788 
9789 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
9790 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
9791 
9792 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
9793 
9794 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
9795 }
9796 
9797 boolean_t
9798 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
9799 {
9800 	(void) spa;
9801 	int i;
9802 	uint64_t spareguid;
9803 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
9804 
9805 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
9806 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
9807 			return (B_TRUE);
9808 
9809 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
9810 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
9811 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
9812 			return (B_TRUE);
9813 	}
9814 
9815 	return (B_FALSE);
9816 }
9817 
9818 /*
9819  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9820  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9821  */
9822 static boolean_t
9823 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
9824 {
9825 	int i, refcnt;
9826 	uint64_t pool;
9827 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
9828 
9829 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
9830 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
9831 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
9832 		    refcnt > 2)
9833 			return (B_TRUE);
9834 	}
9835 
9836 	return (B_FALSE);
9837 }
9838 
9839 uint64_t
9840 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t *spa)
9841 {
9842 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9843 
9844 	uint64_t m = 0;
9845 	for (uint64_t c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
9846 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
9847 		if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd))
9848 			continue;
9849 		m += vd->vdev_ms_count;
9850 	}
9851 	return (m);
9852 }
9853 
9854 /*
9855  * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9856  * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9857  * whether it is finished waiting.
9858  */
9859 void
9860 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t *spa)
9861 {
9862 	/*
9863 	 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9864 	 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9865 	 */
9866 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9867 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
9868 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9869 }
9870 
9871 /*
9872  * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9873  * they are finished using the spa_t.
9874  */
9875 void
9876 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t *spa)
9877 {
9878 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9879 	spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_TRUE;
9880 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_activities_cv);
9881 	while (spa->spa_waiters != 0)
9882 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_waiters_cv, &spa->spa_activities_lock);
9883 	spa->spa_waiters_cancel = B_FALSE;
9884 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9885 }
9886 
9887 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9888 static boolean_t
9889 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t *vd, zpool_wait_activity_t activity)
9890 {
9891 	spa_t *spa = vd->vdev_spa;
9892 
9893 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, RW_READER));
9894 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
9895 	ASSERT(activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE ||
9896 	    activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM);
9897 
9898 	kmutex_t *lock = activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE ?
9899 	    &vd->vdev_initialize_lock : &vd->vdev_trim_lock;
9900 
9901 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9902 	mutex_enter(lock);
9903 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9904 
9905 	boolean_t in_progress = (activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE) ?
9906 	    (vd->vdev_initialize_state == VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE) :
9907 	    (vd->vdev_trim_state == VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE);
9908 	mutex_exit(lock);
9909 
9910 	if (in_progress)
9911 		return (B_TRUE);
9912 
9913 	for (int i = 0; i < vd->vdev_children; i++) {
9914 		if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd->vdev_child[i],
9915 		    activity))
9916 			return (B_TRUE);
9917 	}
9918 
9919 	return (B_FALSE);
9920 }
9921 
9922 /*
9923  * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9924  * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9925  * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9926  * spa_activities_lock.
9927  */
9928 static int
9929 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t *spa, boolean_t use_guid, uint64_t guid,
9930     zpool_wait_activity_t activity, boolean_t *in_progress)
9931 {
9932 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9933 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
9934 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
9935 
9936 	vdev_t *vd;
9937 	if (use_guid) {
9938 		vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
9939 		if (vd == NULL || !vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
9940 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9941 			return (EINVAL);
9942 		}
9943 	} else {
9944 		vd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
9945 	}
9946 
9947 	*in_progress = spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd, activity);
9948 
9949 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
9950 	return (0);
9951 }
9952 
9953 /*
9954  * Locking for waiting threads
9955  * ---------------------------
9956  *
9957  * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9958  * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9959  * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9960  * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9961  * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9962  * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9963  * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9964  * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9965  *
9966  * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9967  * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9968  * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9969  * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9970  * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9971  * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9972  *
9973  * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9974  * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9975  * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9976  * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9977  * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9978  *
9979  * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9980  * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9981  * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9982  * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9983  * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9984  *
9985  * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9986  * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9987  * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9988  * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9989  * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9990  * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9991  * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9992  * first.
9993  */
9994 
9995 static int
9996 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t *spa, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
9997     boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *in_progress)
9998 {
9999 	int error = 0;
10000 
10001 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_activities_lock));
10002 
10003 	switch (activity) {
10004 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD:
10005 		*in_progress =
10006 		    (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT) &&
10007 		    zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa),
10008 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT) ==
10009 		    ENOENT);
10010 		break;
10011 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE:
10012 		*in_progress = ((spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS &&
10013 		    !bpobj_is_empty(&spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_free_bpobj)) ||
10014 		    spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY) ||
10015 		    spa_livelist_delete_check(spa));
10016 		break;
10017 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE:
10018 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM:
10019 		error = spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa, use_tag, tag,
10020 		    activity, in_progress);
10021 		break;
10022 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE:
10023 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
10024 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
10025 		mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
10026 
10027 		*in_progress = vdev_replace_in_progress(spa->spa_root_vdev);
10028 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
10029 		break;
10030 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE:
10031 		*in_progress = (spa->spa_removing_phys.sr_state ==
10032 		    DSS_SCANNING);
10033 		break;
10034 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER:
10035 		if ((*in_progress = vdev_rebuild_active(spa->spa_root_vdev)))
10036 			break;
10037 		fallthrough;
10038 	case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB:
10039 	{
10040 		boolean_t scanning, paused, is_scrub;
10041 		dsl_scan_t *scn =  spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_scan;
10042 
10043 		is_scrub = (scn->scn_phys.scn_func == POOL_SCAN_SCRUB);
10044 		scanning = (scn->scn_phys.scn_state == DSS_SCANNING);
10045 		paused = dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn);
10046 		*in_progress = (scanning && !paused &&
10047 		    is_scrub == (activity == ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB));
10048 		break;
10049 	}
10050 	default:
10051 		panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity);
10052 	}
10053 
10054 	return (error);
10055 }
10056 
10057 static int
10058 spa_wait_common(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity,
10059     boolean_t use_tag, uint64_t tag, boolean_t *waited)
10060 {
10061 	/*
10062 	 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
10063 	 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
10064 	 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
10065 	 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
10066 	 *
10067 	 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
10068 	 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
10069 	 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
10070 	 */
10071 	if (use_tag && activity != ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE &&
10072 	    activity != ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM)
10073 		return (EINVAL);
10074 
10075 	if (activity < 0 || activity >= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES)
10076 		return (EINVAL);
10077 
10078 	spa_t *spa;
10079 	int error = spa_open(pool, &spa, FTAG);
10080 	if (error != 0)
10081 		return (error);
10082 
10083 	/*
10084 	 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
10085 	 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
10086 	 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
10087 	 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
10088 	 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
10089 	 * potentially long wait.
10090 	 */
10091 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
10092 	spa->spa_waiters++;
10093 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
10094 
10095 	*waited = B_FALSE;
10096 	for (;;) {
10097 		boolean_t in_progress;
10098 		error = spa_activity_in_progress(spa, activity, use_tag, tag,
10099 		    &in_progress);
10100 
10101 		if (error || !in_progress || spa->spa_waiters_cancel)
10102 			break;
10103 
10104 		*waited = B_TRUE;
10105 
10106 		if (cv_wait_sig(&spa->spa_activities_cv,
10107 		    &spa->spa_activities_lock) == 0) {
10108 			error = EINTR;
10109 			break;
10110 		}
10111 	}
10112 
10113 	spa->spa_waiters--;
10114 	cv_signal(&spa->spa_waiters_cv);
10115 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_activities_lock);
10116 
10117 	return (error);
10118 }
10119 
10120 /*
10121  * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
10122  * the instance is identified by 'tag'
10123  */
10124 int
10125 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, uint64_t tag,
10126     boolean_t *waited)
10127 {
10128 	return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_TRUE, tag, waited));
10129 }
10130 
10131 /*
10132  * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
10133  */
10134 int
10135 spa_wait(const char *pool, zpool_wait_activity_t activity, boolean_t *waited)
10136 {
10137 
10138 	return (spa_wait_common(pool, activity, B_FALSE, 0, waited));
10139 }
10140 
10141 sysevent_t *
10142 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
10143 {
10144 	sysevent_t *ev = NULL;
10145 #ifdef _KERNEL
10146 	nvlist_t *resource;
10147 
10148 	resource = zfs_event_create(spa, vd, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS, name, hist_nvl);
10149 	if (resource) {
10150 		ev = kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t), KM_SLEEP);
10151 		ev->resource = resource;
10152 	}
10153 #else
10154 	(void) spa, (void) vd, (void) hist_nvl, (void) name;
10155 #endif
10156 	return (ev);
10157 }
10158 
10159 void
10160 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
10161 {
10162 #ifdef _KERNEL
10163 	if (ev) {
10164 		zfs_zevent_post(ev->resource, NULL, zfs_zevent_post_cb);
10165 		kmem_free(ev, sizeof (*ev));
10166 	}
10167 #else
10168 	(void) ev;
10169 #endif
10170 }
10171 
10172 /*
10173  * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent.   The 'name' must be one
10174  * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
10175  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev.  This doesn't do anything
10176  * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
10177  * or zdb as real changes.
10178  */
10179 void
10180 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, nvlist_t *hist_nvl, const char *name)
10181 {
10182 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, hist_nvl, name));
10183 }
10184 
10185 /* state manipulation functions */
10186 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open);
10187 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind);
10188 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats);
10189 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create);
10190 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import);
10191 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport);
10192 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy);
10193 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export);
10194 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset);
10195 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request);
10196 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend);
10197 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume);
10198 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref);
10199 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref);
10200 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init);
10201 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats);
10202 
10203 /* device manipulation */
10204 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add);
10205 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach);
10206 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach);
10207 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath);
10208 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru);
10209 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror);
10210 
10211 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
10212 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add);
10213 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove);
10214 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists);
10215 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate);
10216 
10217 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
10218 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add);
10219 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove);
10220 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists);
10221 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate);
10222 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop);
10223 
10224 /* scanning */
10225 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan);
10226 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop);
10227 
10228 /* spa syncing */
10229 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync); /* only for DMU use */
10230 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools);
10231 
10232 /* properties */
10233 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set);
10234 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get);
10235 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs);
10236 
10237 /* asynchronous event notification */
10238 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify);
10239 
10240 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10241 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_shift, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10242 	"log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
10243 	"verifying pool during import");
10244 
10245 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_metadata, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10246 	"Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
10247 
10248 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_verify_data, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10249 	"Set to traverse data on pool import");
10250 
10251 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa, spa_, load_print_vdev_tree, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10252 	"Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
10253 
10254 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_batch_pct, UINT, ZMOD_RD,
10255 	"Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
10256 
10257 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_batch_tpq, UINT, ZMOD_RD,
10258 	"Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
10259 
10260 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs, zfs_, max_missing_tvds, ULONG, ZMOD_RW,
10261 	"Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
10262 	"vdevs (in read-only mode)");
10263 
10264 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, zthr_pause, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10265 	"Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
10266 
10267 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, sync_pause, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10268 	"Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
10269 
10270 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, sync_cancel, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10271 	"Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
10272 
10273 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, zthr_cancel, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10274 	"Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
10275 
10276 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense, zfs_livelist_condense_, new_alloc, INT, ZMOD_RW,
10277 	"Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
10278 	"was being condensed");
10279 
10280 #ifdef _KERNEL
10281 ZFS_MODULE_VIRTUAL_PARAM_CALL(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_read,
10282 	spa_taskq_read_param_set, spa_taskq_read_param_get, ZMOD_RD,
10283 	"Configure IO queues for read IO");
10284 ZFS_MODULE_VIRTUAL_PARAM_CALL(zfs_zio, zio_, taskq_write,
10285 	spa_taskq_write_param_set, spa_taskq_write_param_get, ZMOD_RD,
10286 	"Configure IO queues for write IO");
10287 #endif
10288 /* END CSTYLED */
10289